13704 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

POSTAL SERVICE 

39 CFR Part 111 

New Origin Entry Separation & 

Containerization Standards 

AGENCY: Postal Service TM. 

ACTION: Proposed rule. 

SUMMARY: The Postal Service is 

proposing to revise Mailing Standards 

of the United States Postal Service, 

Domestic Mail Manual (DMM®) to 

change the preparation requirements for 

mail entered at origin, either as an entire 

mailing or as the residual volume for 

plant verified drop shipment (PVDS) 

mailings. 

DATES: We must receive your comments 

on or before April 13, 2011. 

ADDRESSES: Mail or deliver written 

comments to the Manager, Mailing 

Standards, U.S. Postal Service, 475 

L’Enfant Plaza SW., Room 4446, 

Washington DC 20260–5015. You may 

inspect and photocopy all written 

comments at USPS® Headquarters 

Library, 475 L’Enfant Plaza SW., 11th 

Floor N, Washington, DC, between 9 

a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through 

Friday. E-mail comments concerning the 

proposed rule, containing the name and 

address of the commenter, may be sent 

to: MailingStandards@usps.gov, with a 

subject line of ‘‘New Origin Entry 

Standards.’’ Faxed comments are not 

accepted. 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: 

Karen McManus at 202–268–4005 or 

Kevin Gunther at 202–268–7208. 

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On 

December 20, 2006, the Postal 

Accountability Enhancement Act was 

signed into law. A provision of the law 

required the Postal Service to establish 

modern service standards, measure 

service performance against these 

standards and publish the results. In 

recognition of this goal, the Postal 

Service consulted with the Postal 

Regulatory Commission (PRC) and 

worked closely with mailer groups and 

other mailing industry representatives 

to develop standards and measurement 

processes. During these discussions, 

various strategies and suggestions were 

offered to help improve service 

provided to commercial mailings 

entered at origin. Modern service 

standards resulting from these 

consultations were announced 12 

months after the bill was signed into 

law and are expected to improve 

efficiency and service and to coordinate 

the preparation and entry of mail with 

changes in the USPS distribution 

network. For more information see 

Federal Register final rule, Modern 

Service Standards for Market Dominant 

Products, published December 19, 2007 

(72 FR 72216–72231). 

In May 2009, the Postal Service began 

transforming its distribution network by 

converting Bulk Mail Centers into 

Network Distribution Centers. The 

realignment permitted the consolidation 

of transportation and created new work 

flows to facilitate movement of mail 

through the network. The redesign of 

the network necessitates some 

adjustments to internal USPS work 

methods as well as modifications to the 

preparation of origin-entered 

commercial mail to align with the new 

transportation flows and work 

processes. The proper preparation of 

origin-entered mailings will allow the 

Postal Service to eliminate unnecessary 

processing at the local plant and will 

facilitate the transportation of these 

mailings within its network. Working 

with various segments of the mailing 

industry, the Postal Service has 

developed and is proposing new 

preparation standards that align with 

the revised network and a 

corresponding communications program 

to relate these changes to the mailing 

industry. The following proposal is the 

result of these efforts. 

Separation of Residual Mail Entered at 

Origin 

This proposed rule applies to originentered commercial mail only, and may 

apply to entire mailings or to the 

residual portion of a plant verified 

PVDS mailing not being dropshipped to 

a destination. Existing presort 

requirements for mailings and the 

number of pieces required per presort 

level will remain the same. Except as 

defined below, all handling unit 

separations currently required will also 

remain unchanged. For the purpose of 

this proposal, a handling unit is defined 

as the mail transport equipment used to 

carry an aggregate of mailpieces sorted 

to a specific price level for a presort 

destination, and would include letter 

trays, flat trays (tubs), sacks, bundles 

and packages. A container is defined as 

the equipment used to transport 

handling units, and would include 

pallets, all purpose containers (APC) 

and hampers. In certain circumstances 

involving low volume mailings, or mail 

that can not be palletized, containers 

may also include flat trays. 

Under this proposal, after all required 

handling units and containers have been 

prepared, mailers must separate the 

remaining mail (or residue from a PVDS 

mailing) as follows: 

Standard Mail and Package Services: 

Origin Network Distribution Center: 

Required for letters, flats and parcels. 

For bundles of flats or parcels, do not 

sack prior to containerizing the mail. 

Separate all handling units destinating 

in the service area of the origin Network 

Distribution Center (NDC) from the rest 

of the mailing. Use column A of 

Labeling List L601 (L604 for Standard 

Mail letters and flats) to determine the 

ZIP Codes in the service area of the 

NDC. Handling units must be placed in 

containers. Prepare container (pallet) 

placards using the column B ‘‘Label to’’ 

information in L601 (column C ‘‘Label 

to’’ information in L604 for Standard 

Mail letters and flats). There is no 

minimum load threshold for this 

separation. 

Tier Two Network: Required for 

letters, flats and parcels. For bundles of 

flats or parcels, do not sack prior to 

containerizing the mail. Place any 

remaining handling units on a second 

container, or when applicable, separate 

as follows. Prepare container (pallet) 

placards using the column C ‘‘Label to’’ 

information in L604 (L603 for parcels). 

When the origin NDC is Chicago, 

Cincinnati, St. Louis or San Francisco, 

use Labeling List L604 (L603 for parcels) 

to separate the remaining mail into two 

directionally-based containers which 

will route residue mail either east or 

west (Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint 

Louis) or north or south (San Francisco) 

as needed from origin. Prepare container 

placards using the column C ‘‘Label to’’ 

information in L604 or L603. There is 

no minimum load threshold for this 

separation. 

Periodicals 

Local Surface Transport: Required for 

letters, flats and parcels. For bundles of 

flats or parcels, do not sack prior to 

palletizing the mail. Separate all 

handling units destinating in the surface 

transportation network area of the origin 

entry site from the rest of the mailing. 

Use column B of Labeling List L201 to 

determine the ZIP Codes in the surface 

transportation area of the origin site. 

Handling units must be placed in 

containers. Prepare container (pallet) 

placards using the column C ‘‘Label to’’ 

information in L201. There is no 

minimum load threshold for this 

separation. 

Extended Surface Network: Required 

for letters, flats and parcels. For bundles 

of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to 

containerizing the mail. Place any 

remaining handling units on a second 

container. Use column A of Labeling 

List L009 to determine the location for 

Periodicals piece processing based on 

the origin entry point. Prepare container 

(pallet) placards using the column B 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13705 

‘‘Label to’’ information in L009. There is 

no minimum load threshold for this 

separation. 

Palletization Required When Possible 

Current standards for containerization 

of nonpalletized mailings are 

determined by mailpiece shape. Letters 

are placed in trays, flats are bundled 

and placed in sacks or flat trays (tubs) 

or placed loose in flat trays and parcels 

are bedloaded or placed in sacks. 

Under these proposed standards, 

trays, bundles or parcels that cannot be 

prepared on a direct pallet must be 

placed on the appropriate pallet for the 

Origin NDC, Local Surface Transport, 

Tier Two Network or Extended Surface 

Network, when the volume reaches one 

hundred and fifty (150) pounds or 36 

linear feet of trays for each pallet. 

Mailers may optionally make pallets 

with less than 150 pounds, or 36 linear 

feet of trays, for these separations. 

Mailers choosing not to make pallets 

weighing less than 150 pounds, or who 

are unable to palletize, must prepare 

bundles in flat trays or approved 

alternate containers in accordance with 

applicable preparation standards. 

The Postal Service does not currently 

provide a container price applicable to 

Periodicals bundles placed directly on 

mixed ADC pallets or equivalent 

containers. The Postal Service is 

currently considering this matter and 

expects to introduce a price for mixed 

ADC containers as a separate initiative 

prior to the implementation of the final 

standards. 

These new proposed requirements 

will apply to all origin or destination 

entered mailings. For mailers who are 

unable to palletize flats or parcels, the 

Postal Service proposes to require the 

use of flat trays (tubs) or approved 

alternate containers when performing 

the separations described in this 

proposed rule or under current DMM 

standards. The use of flat trays (tubs) or 

alternate containers will afford mailers 

more flexibility in how mail is 

presented at origin or destination entry 

points. Alternatives to the use of flat 

trays may be approved by the local plant 

manager or designee. 

Mailers of flats, or parcels presorted to 

a 3-digit ZIP Code or less finely, who do 

not palletize must use flat trays (tubs) in 

lieu of sacking. Flat trays must also be 

used for all presort levels (except 5- 

digit, 5-digit scheme and carrier route 

separations of parcels) being deposited 

at origin or destination entry points. 

Lids will not be required on origin entry 

3-digit and SCF, origin NDC, tier 2 

network, local surface transport and 

extended surface network flat trays 

only. These proposed preparation 

standards will provide for a reduction of 

sack handling and the expedited 

processing of individual pieces, and 

will result in increased efficiencies and 

improved service. 

Optional Requirement—Origin SCF 

Separation 

For the purpose of this proposed rule, 

separation means the creation of an 

additional container of residual 

mailpieces, after all other required 

separations have been made, for the 

origin sectional center facility (SCF) or 

for each of the 3-digit ZIP Codes of the 

origin SCF. Current standards require 

mailers of commercial First-Class Mail®

and Periodicals letters and flats to 

separately prepare trays or bundles for 

mailpieces destinating within the SCF 

servicing the facility where the mail is 

verified (origin). Origin SCF (or origin 3- 

digit) separations are optional for other 

mail classes and shapes. The Postal 

Service proposes to extend the option 

for mailers to make such origin SCF 

separations for all classes and shapes of 

mailpieces. 

In this proposal segregation means 

physical removal of the separated 

containers from the remainder of the 

mailing and separately placing them 

into transport units, placing them in a 

conspicuous location on top of the 

origin SCF pallet, or otherwise 

presenting them separately to USPS 

acceptance personnel. In order to 

improve the identification and 

processing of these mailpieces, the 

Postal Service is proposing to require 

mailers of all commercial mail (letters, 

flats and parcels) to segregate origin SCF 

separations (and finer sortation levels) 

containers, bundles or parcels from the 

remainder of the mailing. This 

requirement will apply to all required 

separations and to all optional 

separations (whenever the mailer 

chooses to make that separation). This 

new requirement should improve 

service by preventing mailpieces for the 

processing plant’s service area from 

being transported to another processing 

facility prior to delivery. 

Other Proposed Mail Preparation 

Changes 

There are no current mail preparation 

standards pertaining to barcoded tray 

labels for Library Mail and Media Mail. 

This proposed rule will establish such 

standards. We have eliminated 

standards for the use of 1-inch sack 

labels for all types of mail. These labels 

are no longer supported by USPS 

Engineering, their use in the field 

should be limited, and equipment 

compatible with the use of 2-inch labels 

is widely available. We are also 

proposing to revise language in DMM 

705.10.1 to align with other standards 

that specify that nonmachinable flat-size 

Periodicals prepared under 707.26 

cannot be merged with machinable flats. 

We also are eliminating the option for 

mailers to place mixed ADC or mixed 

AADC bundles, sacks or trays on 

auxiliary service facility (ASF) or NDC 

pallets. Changes in processing at these 

facilities no longer make this option 

practical. 

Although the Postal Service is exempt 

from the notice and comment 

requirements of the Administrative 

Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. of 553(b), (c)) 

regarding proposed rulemaking by 

operation of 39 U.S.C. 410(a), we invite 

public comments on the following 

proposed revisions to Mailing Standards 

of the United States Postal Service, 

Domestic Mail Manual (DMM), 

incorporated by reference in the Code of 

Federal Regulations. See 39 CFR 111.1. 

List of Subjects in 39 CFR Part 111 

Administrative practice and 

procedure, Postal Service. 

Accordingly, 39 CFR part 111 is 

proposed to be amended as follows: 

PART 111—[AMENDED] 

1. The authority citation for 39 CFR 

part 111 continues to read as follows: 

Authority: 5 U.S.C. 552(a); 13 U.S.C. 301– 

307; 18 U.S.C. 1692–1737; 39 U.S.C. 101, 

401, 403, 404, 414, 416, 3001–3011, 3201– 

3219, 3403–3406, 3621, 3622, 3626, 3632, 

3633, and 5001. 

2. Revise the following sections of 

Mailing Standards of the United States 

Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual 

(DMM), as follows: 

* * * * * 

200 Commercial Mail Letters and 

Cards 

* * * * * 

230 First-Class Mail 

* * * * * 

235 Mail Preparation 

* * * * * 

3.0 Letter Trays 

* * * * * 

3.3 Letter Tray Preparation 

Letter trays are prepared as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the last sentence of 3.3c as 

follows:] 

c. * * * Except for 3-digit/scheme 

trays destined within the origin/entry 

SCF, mailers may optionally move any 

pieces remaining to the next higher 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13706 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

presort level at which there is a 

minimum quantity (e.g., 150 pieces). 

* * * * * 

[Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3_Digit/ 

Scheme Trays, in its entirety.] 

* * * * * 

5.0 Preparing Nonautomation Letters 

* * * * * 

5.2 Machinable Preparation 

* * * * * 

5.2.2 Traying and Labeling 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

5.2.2 as follows:] 

Mailers must segregate trays destined 

within the origin/entry SCF under 

236.1.5. Preparation sequence, tray size, 

and labeling: 

[Revise 5.2.2a as follows:] 

a. Origin/entry 3-digit/scheme 

(required); separate trays required for 

each 3-digit/scheme ZIP Code within 

the origin/entry SCF; no minimum piece 

requirement; one less-than-full tray 

permitted for each 3-digit/scheme; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L002, Column B. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘FCM LTR 3D MACH.’’ 

* * * * * 

5.3 Nonmachinable Preparation 

* * * * * 

5.3.2 Traying and Labeling 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

5.3.2 as follows:] 

Mailers must segregate trays destined 

within the origin/entry SCF under 

236.1.5. Preparation sequence, tray size, 

and labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Resequence current items 5.3.2b 

through d as the new c through e, and 

add a new item b as follows:] 

b. Origin/entry 3-digit; required; no 

minimum piece requirement; one lessthan-full tray for each origin/entry 3- 

digit; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L002, Column A. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘FCM LTR 3D MANUAL.’’ 

[Revise the opening sentence only of 

resequenced 5.3.2c as follows:] 

c. 3-digit (required); full trays (no 

overflow); labeling: 

* * * * * 

6.0 Preparing Automation Letters 

* * * * * 

6.6 Tray Preparation 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

6.6 as follows:] 

Except for origin/entry 3-digit/scheme 

trays, mailers may place fewer than 150 

overflow pieces in the next tray level 

when a tray of 150 or more pieces can 

be made. Mailers must segregate trays 

destined within the origin/entry SCF 

under 236.1.5. Mailers must note these 

trays on standardized documentation 

(see 708.1.2). Pieces placed in the next 

tray level must be grouped by 

destination and placed in the front or 

back of that tray. Mailers may use this 

option selectively for 3-digit and AADC 

ZIP Codes. Preparation sequence and 

Line 1 labeling: 

[Revise item 6.6a as follows:] 

a. 5-digit/scheme (see 1.4e): optional, 

but required for 5-digit price (150-piece 

minimum); overflow allowed; when 

making these separations. 

1. For 5-digit scheme trays, use 

destination shown in the current USPS 

City State Product. 

2. For 5-digit trays, use city, state, and 

5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces 

(see 4.0 for overseas military mail). 

[Resequence current items 6.6b 

through d as the new c through e, and 

add a new item b as follows:] 

b. Origin/entry 3-digit; required; 

separate trays required for each origin 3- 

digit/scheme, no minimum; one lessthan-full tray allowed for each 3-digit/ 

scheme; for Line 1, use L002, Column B. 

[Revise resequenced 6.6c as follows:] 

c. 3-digit/scheme: Optional, but 

required for 3-digit price (150-piece 

minimum); overflow allowed; for Line 

1, use L002, Column B. 

* * * * * 

6.8 Presentation 

[Revise 6.8 as follows:] 

Mailers must present all mixed AADC 

trays together when presenting mailings 

for USPS verification. Mixed AADC 

trays must either be adjacent to one 

another, and must be placed as the top 

layer(s) on any container; or may be 

placed immediately below origin/entry 

5-digit or 3-digit/scheme trays, when 

segregated under 236.1.5. 

Containerization instructions for FirstClass Mail letters and cards may be 

established by local USPS managers. 

236 Enter and Deposit 

1.0 Deposit 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 1.5 as follows:] 

1.5 Segregation of Trays for the 

Origin/Entry SCF 

Mailers must make all required, and 

may make any optional, origin/entry 3- 

digit (scheme) and origin/entry 5-digit 

(scheme) separations destinating in the 

service area of the SCF serving the Post 

Office where the mail is verified, or the 

service area of the SCF/plant where mail 

is entered. For all such separations 

mailpieces must be trayed in accordance 

with 235.0 and segregated from the 

remainder of the mailing by one of these 

methods: Separately containerize the 

trays; place the trays in a conspicuous 

location on top of origin SCF pallet or 

other container; or present them 

separately to acceptance personnel. 

* * * * * 

240 Standard Mail 

* * * * * 

245 Mail Preparation 

1.0 General Information for Mail 

Preparation 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 1.5 to reference required 

palletization as follows:] 

1.5 Required Pallet Preparation 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have at least 72 linear 

feet of trays to a presort destination. If 

a mailer is unable to palletize, mail 

must be separated and placed in 

approved alternate containers. 

* * * * * 

3.0 Letter Trays 

* * * * * 

3.3 Letter Tray Preparation 

Letter trays are prepared as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the third sentence of 3.3c as 

follows:] 

c. * * * Except for 3-digit/scheme 

trays destined within the origin/entry 

SCF, mailers may optionally move any 

pieces remaining to the next higher 

presort level at which there is a 

minimum quantity (e.g., 150 pieces). 

* * * * * 

[Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3-Digit/ 

Scheme Tray, in its entirety.] 

* * * * * 

5.0 Preparing Nonautomation Letters 

* * * * * 

5.3 Machinable Preparation 

* * * * * 

5.3.2 Traying and Labeling 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

5.3.2 by adding a new second sentence 

as follows:] 

* * * Mailers must segregate trays 

destined within the origin/entry SCF 

under 246.1.3. * * * 

* * * * * 

5.4 Nonmachinable Preparation 

* * * * * 

5.4.2 Traying and Labeling 

[Revise the introductory sentence of 

5.4.2 as follows:] 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13707 

Overflow trays are not allowed. 

Mailers must segregate trays destined 

within the origin/entry SCF under 

246.1.3. Preparation sequence, tray size, 

and labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Resequence current items 5.4.2b 

through d as the new c through e and 

add new item b as follows:] 

b. Origin/entry 3-digit (optional); 

separate trays required for each origin 3- 

digit ZIP Code; no minimum piece 

requirement; one less-than-full tray for 

each origin/entry 3-digit; when making 

these separations; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L002, Column A. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD LTR 3D MANUAL.’’ 

[Revise resequenced 5.4.2c as 

follows:] 

c. 3-digit (required); 150-piece 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L002, Column A. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD LTR 3D MANUAL.’’ 

* * * * * 

6.0 Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route 

Letters 

* * * * * 

6.6 General Traying and Labeling 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

6.6 as follows:] 

For all mailings containing any ECR 

letters over 3 ounces and all mailings of 

nonautomation ECR letters, prepare 

trays as explained below. Mailers must 

segregate trays destined within the 

origin/entry SCF under 246.1.3. Prepare 

letters with simplified addresses in 

separate trays from pieces with other 

forms of addressing. For ECR barcoded 

automation-compatible letters that 

weigh up to 3 ounces, prepare trays 

under 6.7. Preparation sequence, tray 

size, and labeling: 

[Revise the opening paragraphs only 

of items 6.6a through c as follows:] 

a. Carrier route: Required; full trays 

only, no overflow. 

* * * * * 

b. 5-digit carrier routes: Required if 

full tray, optional with minimum one 

10-piece bundle. 

* * * * * 

c. 3-digit carrier routes: Optional with 

minimum one 10-piece bundle for each 

of two or more 5-digit areas. 

* * * * * 

6.7 Traying and Labeling for 

Automation-Compatible ECR Letters 

[Add a new seventh sentence to the 

introductory paragraph of 6.7 as 

follows:] 

* * * Mailers must segregate trays 

destined within the origin/entry SCF 

under 246.1.3. * * * 

* * * * * 

7.0 Preparing Automation Letters 

* * * * * 

7.5 Tray Preparation 

[Revise the introductory text of 7.5 as 

follows:] 

Instead of preparing overflow trays 

with fewer than 150 pieces, mailers may 

include these pieces in an existing 

qualified tray of at least 150 or more 

pieces at the next tray level. (For 

example, 30 overflow 5-digit pieces for 

20260 may be added to a qualified 3- 

digit tray (prefix 202) and the overflow 

5-digit pieces will qualify for the 5-digit 

price.) Pieces that are placed in the next 

tray level must be grouped by 

destination and placed in the front or 

back of that tray. This option does not 

apply to origin/entry 3-digit/scheme 

trays. When making 5-digit/scheme and 

origin 3-digit/scheme trays, mailers 

must segregate trays destined within the 

origin/entry SCF as described in 246.1.3 

Preparation sequence, tray size, and 

Line 1 labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Resequence current items 7.5b 

through d as the new c through e, and 

add new item b as follows:] 

b. Origin 3-digit/scheme; optional; 

separate trays required for each origin 3- 

digit/scheme; no minimum piece 

requirement; one less-than-full tray for 

each origin/entry 3-digit; for Line 1, use 

L002, Column B. 

[Revise resequenced 7.5c as follows:] 

c. 3-digit/scheme; optional, but 

required for 3-digit price (150-piece 

minimum); overflow allowed; for Line 

1, use L002, Column B. 

* * * * * 

7.7 Presentation 

[Revise 7.7 as follows:] 

Mailers must present all mixed AADC 

trays together for USPS verification, 

placed as the top layer(s) on any given 

container, or immediately below origin/ 

entry carrier route, 5-digit/scheme or 3- 

digit/scheme trays, when segregated 

under 246.1.3. 

* * * * * 

246 Enter and Deposit 

1.0 Presenting a Mailing 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 1.3 as follows:] 

1.3 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays 

Mailers must make all required, and 

may make any optional, origin/entry 

carrier routes, 5-digit (scheme) and 3- 

digit (scheme) separations destinating in 

the service area of the SCF serving the 

Post Office where the mail is verified, or 

the service area of the SCF/plant where 

mail is entered. For all origin/entry 

separations made, mailpieces must be 

trayed under 245.3.0 and segregated 

from the remainder of the mailing by 

one of these methods: separately 

containerize the trays; place the trays in 

a conspicuous location on top of origin 

SCF pallet or other container; or present 

them separately to acceptance 

personnel. 

* * * * * 

300 Commercial Flats 

* * * * * 

330 First-Class Mail 

* * * * * 

335 Mail Preparation 

* * * * * 

3.0 Flat Trays 

* * * * * 

[Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3–Digit/ 

Scheme Trays, in its entirety.] 

* * * * * 

5.0 Preparation of Nonautomation 

Flats 

* * * * * 

5.5 Traying and Labeling 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

5.5 as follows:] 

Mailers must segregate trays destined 

within the origin/entry SCF under 

336.1.5. Preparation sequence and 

labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Resequence current items 5.5 b 

through d as the new c through e, and 

add a new item b as follows: 

b. Origin/entry 3-digit (required); 

separate trays required for each origin 3- 

digit ZIP Code; no minimum piece 

requirement; one less-than-full tray for 

each origin/entry 3-digit; mailers must 

segregate trays destined within the 

origin/entry SCF under 336.1.5; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L002, Column A. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘FCM FLTS 3D NON BC.’’ 

[Revise the opening paragraph of 

resequenced 5.5c as follows:] 

c. 3-digit (required); full trays (no 

overflow); labeling: 

* * * * * 

6.0 Preparation of Automation Flats 

* * * * * 

6.5 First-Class Mail Required BundleBased Preparation 

* * * * * 

6.5.2 Traying and Labeling 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

6.5.2 as follows:] 

Mailers must segregate trays destined 

within the origin/entry SCF under 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13708 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

336.1.5. Preparation sequence and 

labeling: 

* * * * * 

6.6 First-Class Mail Optional TrayBased Preparation 

[Revise the opening paragraph of 6.6 

as follows:] 

Mailers must segregate trays destined 

within the origin/entry SCF under 

336.1.5. Preparation, sequence, and Line 

1 labeling: 

* * * * * 

336 Enter and Deposit 

1.0 Deposit 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.0 by adding a new 1.5 as 

follows:] 

1.5 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays 

Mailers must make all required, and 

may make any optional, origin/entry 3- 

digit (scheme) and origin/entry 5-digit 

(scheme) separations destinating in the 

service area of the SCF serving the Post 

Office where the mail is verified, or the 

service area of the SCF/plant where mail 

is entered. For all such separations, 

mailpieces must be trayed or placed in 

alternate containers under 335.0 and 

segregated from the remainder of the 

mailing by one of these methods: 

separately containerize the trays; place 

the trays in a conspicuous location on 

top of origin SCF pallet or other 

container; or present them separately to 

acceptance personnel. 

* * * * * 

340 Standard Mail 

343 Prices and Eligibility 

* * * * * 

5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards 

for Nonautomation Standard Mail Flats 

* * * * * 

5.3 5-Digit Prices for Flats 

The 5-digit price applies to flat-size 

pieces: 

[Revise 5.3a as follows:] 

a. In a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or 

more pieces, or 15 or more pieces, as 

applicable; placed in a 5-digit/scheme 

flat tray or approved alternate container 

containing at least 125 pieces or 15 

pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also met 

by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 

pounds per destination in more than 

one flat tray when the flat trays are full, 

according to 345.1.4e. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 5.3c as follows:] 

c. In a 5-digit bundle of 10 or more 

pieces, or 15 or more pieces, as 

applicable; placed in a merged 5-digit/ 

scheme or 5-digit flat tray or approved 

alternate container under 705.10.0. 

5.4 3-Digit Prices for Flats 

The 3-digit price applies to flat-size 

pieces: 

[Revise 5.4a as follows:] 

a. In a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or 

more pieces, or 15 or more pieces, as 

applicable, or in a 3-digit/scheme 

bundle of 10 or more pieces; placed in 

a 3-digit flat tray or approved alternate 

container of at least 125 pieces or 15 

pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also met 

by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 

pounds per destination in more than 

one flat tray when the flat trays are full, 

according to 345.1.4e. 

* * * * * 

5.5 ADC Prices for Flats 

ADC prices apply to flat-size pieces: 

[Revise items 5.5a and b as follows:] 

a. In a 5-digit/scheme, 3-digit/scheme, 

or ADC bundle of 10 or more pieces 

placed in an ADC flat tray or approved 

alternate container of at least 125 pieces 

or 15 pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also 

met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 

pounds per destination in more than 

one flat tray when the flat trays are full, 

according to 345.1.4e. 

b. In a 3-digit/scheme origin/entry flat 

tray or approved alternate container. 

* * * * * 

5.6 Mixed ADC Prices for Flats 

[Revise 5.6 as follows:] 

Mixed ADC prices apply to flat-size 

pieces in bundles that do not qualify for 

5-digit, 3-digit, or ADC prices. 

* * * * * 

6.0 Additional Eligibility Standards 

for Enhanced Carrier Route Standard 

Mail Flats 

* * * * * 

6.3 Basic Price Enhanced Carrier 

Route Standards 

* * * * * 

6.3.2 Basic Price Eligibility 

Basic prices apply to each piece in a 

carrier route bundle of 10 or more 

pieces that is: 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 6.3.2b through d as 

follows:] 

b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or 

approved alternate container containing 

at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of 

pieces. Eligibility is also met by placing 

at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per 

destination in more than one flat tray 

when the flat trays are full, according to 

345.1.4e. 

c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme, 

5-digit scheme carrier routes, merged 5- 

digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat trays 

or approved alternate containers. 

d. Entered at a destination delivery 

unit as untrayed or uncontainerized 

bundles, under 345.2.0 and 346.5.0. 

* * * * * 

6.4 High Density Enhanced Carrier 

Route Standards 

* * * * * 

6.4.2 High Density Prices for Flats 

High density prices apply to each 

piece in a carrier route bundle of 10 or 

more pieces that is: 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 6.4.2b and c as follows:] 

b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or 

approved alternate container containing 

at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of 

pieces. Eligibility is also met by placing 

at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per 

destination in more than one flat tray 

when the flat trays are full, according to 

345.1.4e. 

c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme, 

5-digit scheme carrier routes, merged 5- 

digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat tray or 

approved alternate container. 

* * * * * 

6.5 Saturation Enhanced Carrier 

Route Standards 

* * * * * 

6.5.2 Saturation Prices for Flats 

Saturation prices apply to each piece 

in a carrier route bundle of 10 or more 

pieces that is: 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 6.5.2b and c as follows:] 

b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or 

approved alternate container containing 

at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of 

pieces. Eligibility is also met by placing 

at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per 

destination in more than one flat tray 

when the flat trays are full, according to 

345.1.4e. 

c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme, 

5-digit scheme carrier routes, merged 

5-digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat tray 

or approved alternate container. 

* * * * * 

345 Mail Preparation 

1.0 General Information for Mail 

Preparation 

* * * * * 

1.3 Terms for Presort Levels 

Terms used for presort levels are 

defined as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 1.3c through 1.3h as 

follows:] 

c. 5-digit scheme (bundles, flat trays 

or approved alternate containers) for 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13709 

flats meeting the automation standards 

in 301.3.0: The delivery ZIP Code on all 

pieces is one of the 5-digit ZIP Code 

areas in as a single scheme, as shown in 

L007. 

d. 5-digit scheme carrier routes 

(pallets, flat trays or approved alternate 

containers) for Standard Mail flats: The 

delivery ZIP Code on all pieces in 

carrier route bundles is one of the 

5-digit ZIP Codes processed by the 

USPS as a single scheme, as shown in 

L001. 

e. Merged 5-digit trays: The carrier 

route bundles and 5-digit bundles, in a 

flat tray or approved alternate container, 

are all for a 5-digit ZIP Code that has an 

‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the Carrier Route 

Indicators field in the City State 

Product. 

f. Merged 5-digit pallet: Contains 

carrier route bundles and noncarrier 

route 5-digit bundles. 

g. Merged 5-digit scheme trays: The 

5-digit ZIP Codes on pieces in carrier 

route bundles and 5-digit bundles in a 

flat tray or approved alternate container 

are all for 5-digit ZIP Codes that are part 

of a single scheme as shown in L001, 

and the 5-digit bundles also are for 

5-digit ZIP Codes that have an ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ 

indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators 

field in the City State Product. 

h. Merged 5-digit scheme pallet: 

Contains carrier route bundles and 

noncarrier route bundles for those 

5-digit ZIP Codes that are part of a 

single scheme under L001. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the second sentence of 1.3k as 

follows:] 

k. * * * These separations are 

optional, but mailers making these 

separations must segregate trays for each 

3-digit area under 346.1.3. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.3m as follows:] 

m. Origin/entry SCF: The separation 

includes bundles for one or more 3-digit 

areas served by the same sectional 

center facility (SCF) (see L005) in whose 

service area the mail is verified/entered. 

Mailpieces may be separated for each 

such 3-digit area regardless of the 

volume of mail. Mailers making these 

separations must segregate trays, 

approved alternate containers or pallets 

from the remainder of the mailing under 

346.1.3. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.3q as follows:] 

q. Residual pieces/bundles/trays/ 

alternate containers: Contain mail 

remaining after completion of a presort 

sequence. Residual mail lacks the 

volume for preparation to a particular 

destination. 

1.4 Preparation Definitions and 

Instructions 

For purposes of preparing mail: 

* * * * * 

[Delete current items 1.4e through t in 

their entirety and replace with new e 

through u as follows:] 

e. A full flat tray is one that is 

physically full. Although a specific 

minimum volume of at least one stack 

of mail lying flat on the bottom of the 

tray and filling the tray to the bottom of 

the handholds is required for a tray 

prepared to a presort destination, trays 

must be filled with additional available 

pieces (up to the reasonable capacity of 

the tray) when standards require full 

trays. 

f. A less-than-full flat tray is one that 

contains flats for the same destination 

regardless of quantity or whether a full 

tray was also prepared for that 

destination. 

g. An approved alternate container is 

a container authorized by the USPS 

instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet, for 

the handling and transport of bundled 

flat-size mailpieces or parcels. Alternate 

containers could include sacks, other 

USPS mail transport equipment, or 

mailer-supplied containers. 

h. A 5-digit scheme sort for flats 

meeting the standards in 301.3.0 is 

defined in 1.3c. When standards require 

5-digit/scheme sort, mailers must 

prepare all possible 5-digit scheme 

bundles, flat trays or approved alternate 

containers, then prepare all possible 

5-digit bundles, flat trays or alternate 

containers. Label bundles using an 

optional endorsement line (OEL) under 

708.7.0 or with a red ‘‘5 SCH’’ bundle 

label. Place bundles in appropriate 

containers using the OEL ‘‘label to’’ 

5-digit ZIP Code or using L007 column 

B. 

i. A 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort 

is defined in 1.3d. Flat trays, alternate 

containers or pallets labeled to a 5-digit 

scheme carrier routes destination that 

contain bundles for only one of the 

5-digit areas are considered to be sorted 

to 5-digit scheme carrier routes. 

Preparation of 5-digit scheme carrier 

routes trays or pallets must be done for 

all 5-digit scheme destinations. 

j. A merged 5-digit sort is an optional 

sort for Standard Mail flats in flat trays 

or alternate containers and is defined in 

1.3e. If preparation of merged 5-digit 

trays is performed, it must be done for 

all 5-digit ZIP Code destinations with an 

‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the Carrier Route 

Indicators field in the City State 

Product. 

k. The merged 5-digit sort is optional 

for bundles of Standard Mail flats 

prepared on pallets under 705.10 and is 

defined in 1.3f. Pallets labeled to a 

merged 5-digit destination that contain 

only a single price level of bundle(s) are 

considered to be merged 5-digit sorted. 

l. A merged 5-digit scheme sort for 

Standard Mail flats prepared in flat 

trays or approved alternate containers 

under 705.10.0 is defined in 1.3g. Trays 

or alternate containers labeled to a 

merged 5-digit scheme destination that 

contain only a single price level of 

bundle(s) or bundles for only one of the 

schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are 

considered to be merged 5-digit scheme 

sorted. 

m. A merged 5-digit scheme sort for 

bundles of Standard Mail flats on 

pallets under 705.8.0, 705.10.0, 

705.12.0, or 705.13.0 is defined in 1.3h. 

Pallets labeled to a merged 5-digit 

scheme destination that contain only a 

single price level of bundle(s) or 

bundles for only one of the 5-digit ZIP 

Codes are considered to be merged 

5-digit sorted. If preparation of merged 

5-digit scheme pallets is performed, it 

must be done for all 5-digit scheme 

destinations in L001. 

n. A 3-digit scheme sort for bundles 

of flats meeting the standards in 301.3.0 

is defined in 1.3j. When standards 

require 3-digit/scheme sort for flats, 

mailers must prepare all possible 3-digit 

scheme bundles of flats, then prepare all 

possible 3-digit bundles. Label bundles 

using an optional endorsement line 

(OEL) under 708.7.0 or with a green 

‘‘3SCH’’ bundle label. Place bundles in 

appropriate containers using the OEL 

‘‘label to’’ 3-digit ZIP Code or using L008 

column B. 

o. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit 

scheme) tray contains all mail 

(regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP 

Code (or 3-digit scheme) area processed 

by the SCF in whose service area the 

mail is verified. A separate tray may be 

prepared for each 3-digit ZIP Code (or 

3-digit scheme) area. 

p. The required at [quantity] 

instruction means that the particular 

unit must be prepared for the 

corresponding presort level whenever 

the specified quantity of mail is reached 

or exceeded, up to the maximum size or 

weight. 

q. The optional at [quantity] 

instruction means that the particular 

unit may be prepared for the 

corresponding presort level whenever 

the specified quantity is reached or 

exceeded, up to the maximum size or 

weight. 

r. Entry [facility] (or origin [facility]) 

refers to the USPS mail processing 

facility (e.g., ‘‘entry NDC’’) that serves 

the Post Office at which the mail is 

entered by the mailer. If the Post Office 

where the mail is entered is not the one 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13710 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

serving the mailer’s location (e.g., for 

plant-verified drop shipment), the Post 

Office of entry determines the entry 

facility. Entry SCF includes both single3-digit and multi-3-digit SCFs. Entry 

NDC includes subordinate ASFs unless 

otherwise specified. 

s. A bundle is a group of addressed 

pieces secured together as a unit. 

Bundle preparation is described in 2.0. 

t. A ‘‘logical’’ presort destination 

represents the total number of pieces 

that are eligible for a specific presort 

level but which might not be contained 

in a single bundle or in a single flat tray, 

approved alternate container or pallet 

due to preparation requirements or the 

size of the individual pieces. For 

example, there may be 42 mailpieces for 

ZIP Code 43112 forming a ‘‘logical’’ 

5-digit bundle, and the pieces are 

prepared in three physical 5-digit 

bundles. 

u. Cobundling is an alternate 

preparation method available under 

705.11.0 for Standard Mail that allows 

the combining of flat-size automation 

price and Presorted price pieces within 

the same bundle under the single 

minimum bundle size requirement. 

Regardless of the class of mail, pieces 

may not be combined in more than one 

physical bundle for each logical presort 

destination unless presented using an 

approved manifest mailing system 

under 705.2.0. 

[Revise title and text of 1.5 as follows:] 

1.5 Required Pallet Preparation 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum loads described in 705.8.5.3. 

If a mailer is unable to palletize, mail 

must be separated and placed in flat 

trays or approved alternate containers. 

* * * * * 

2.0 Bundles 

* * * * * 

2.2 Address Visibility 

* * * This standard does not apply to 

the following: 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 2.2b and c as follows:] 

b. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 

5-digit scheme (L001) flat trays, 

alternate containers or pallets. 

c. Bundles placed in carrier route(s) 

flat trays or alternate containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 2.6 and text of the 

introductory sentence as follows:] 

2.6 Preparing Bundles in Flat Trays or 

Alternate Containers 

In addition to the standards in 2.5, 

mailers must prepare bundles in flat 

trays or approved alternate containers as 

follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and introductory sentence 

only of 2.7 as follows:] 

2.7 Additional Standards for 

Untrayed Bundles Entered at DDU 

Facilities 

Mailers may enter untrayed, 

nonpalletized bundles of flat-size pieces 

at destination delivery units (DDUs) if 

all the following conditions are met: 

* * * * * 

2.9 Pieces With Simplified Address 

[Revise the last sentence of 2.9 as 

follows:] 

* * * Bundles must be secure and 

stable subject to weight limits in 705.8.0 

if placed on pallets, and other limits in 

2.6 if placed in trays or alternate 

containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:] 

3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers 

3.1 Standard Containers 

[Revise the first sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 3.1 as 

follows:] 

If mailers are unable to palletize, 

mailings must be prepared in flat trays 

or approved alternate containers except 

as permitted in letter trays under 3.4 

and under other standards in this 

section. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of 3.2 as follows:] 

3.2 Tray Preparation 

Tray and alternate container 

preparation is subject to these 

standards: 

a. Each tray or alternate container 

must bear the correct tray label. 

b. The weight of a tray, or alternate 

container, and its content must not 

exceed 70 pounds. 

* * * * * 

3.4 Preparing Flats in Letter Trays 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

3.4f as follows:] 

Standard Mail flat-size pieces may be 

prepared in letter trays instead of flat 

trays only if the following standards are 

met: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 3.4f as follows:] 

f. All pieces in the mailing must be 

placed in letter trays on pallets, 

separated by presort destination when 

the required minimum pallet load in 

705.8.5.3 cannot be met. 

* * * * * 

[Delete 3.6, Strapping Exception, in its 

entirety.] 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:] 

4.0 Tray Labels 

4.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise 4.1 as follows:] 

Tray labels are subject to the 

following: 

a. Labels for flat trays or approved 

alternate containers for automation 

mailings are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5. 

b. Only legible labels, including hand 

written labels, are acceptable. Machineprinted labels (available from the USPS) 

ensure legibility. 

c. Intelligent Mail tray labels are 

subject to the standards in 708.6.5 and 

to the specifications posted at http:// 

ribbs.usps.gov. 

* * * * * 

[Delete 4.7, Sack Label, in its entirety, 

and renumber current items 4.8 and 4.9 

as the new 4.7 and 4.8.] 

* * * * * 

[Revise the title of renumbered 4.8 

and text of the introductory sentence 

only as follows:] 

4.8 Use of Barcoded Tray Labels 

Exhibit 4.8 shows the types of mail 

requiring barcoded tray labels. Barcoded 

labels must meet these general 

standards: 

* * * * * 

[Revise renumbered items 4.8d and e 

as follows:] 

d. Mailers must insert a barcoded 

label completely into the label holder on 

the tray or alternate container. 

e. Intelligent Mail tray labels must be 

used on all trays and alternate container 

for mailings entered under the fullservice Intelligent Mail automation 

option. 

Exhibit 4.9 Required Barcoded 

Container Labels 

[Revise the ‘‘price or type’’ description 

in the second row of Exhibit 4.9 to 

replace the word ‘‘cosacked’’ with 

‘‘cotrayed’’ under Standard Mail as 

follows:] 

PRICE OR TYPE 

Standard Mail 

* * * * * 

Cobundled and Cotrayed Under 705.9.0 

Through 705.13.0 

* * * * * 

5.0 Preparing Nonautomation Flats 

5.1 Basic Standards 

* * * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13711 

b. All pieces must meet the applicable 

general preparation standards in 1.0 

through 4.0 and the following: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 5.1b2 as follows:] 

2. All pieces must be in the flat-size 

processing category and must be 

bundled and placed on pallets, or 

bundled and placed in flat trays or 

approved alternate containers. Certain 

flat-size pieces may be prepared in letter 

trays under 3.0. 

* * * * * 

5.2 Required Bundling 

[Revise the first sentence of 5.2 as 

follows:] 

Bundling is required before placing 

flats on pallets, in flat trays or alternate 

containers. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Delete current 5.4, Loose Packing, in 

its entirety and renumber current items 

5.5 through 5.9 as the new 5.4 through 

5.8:] 

[Revise title of renumbered 5.4 as 

follows:] 

5.4 Required Traying 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

renumbered 5.4 as follows:] 

If unable to palletize under 705.8.0, or 

except as provided in 5.5, a tray or 

alternate container must be prepared 

when the quantity of mail for a required 

presort destination reaches either 125 

pieces or 15 pounds of pieces, 

whichever occurs first, subject to these 

conditions: 

* * * * * 

b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, 

mailers must apply either one of these 

methods: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 5.4b2 as follows:] 

2. The actual piece count or mail 

weight for each tray or container is 

used, if documentation shows the 

number of pieces and the total weight of 

pieces in each tray. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and introductory sentence 

of renumbered 5.6 as follows;] 

5.6 Traying and Labeling 

Mailers must segregate trays destined 

within the origin/entry SCF under 

346.1.3. Preparation sequence and 

labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Delete current item 5.6e in its entirety 

and add new items e through g as 

follows:] 

e. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS NDC NON BC.’’ 

f. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS NON BC WKG.’’ 

g. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS NON BC WKG.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Resequence numbered items 5.7 and 

5.8 as the new 5.8 and 5.9 and add a 

new 5.7 as follows:] 

5.7 Containerization—Flat Tray 

Preparation and Labeling 

Mailers must prepare bundles on 

pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum 

volume is available for a required pallet 

level. Mailers who are unable to 

palletize, or mailers of small volume 

mailings, must prepare bundles in flat 

trays or approved alternate containers as 

shown in items a through c. Mailers 

entering mailings at acceptance 

locations specified in 5.7d must prepare 

mailings according to the instructions in 

d instead of c. Preparation sequence and 

labeling: 

a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no 

minimum; when making these 

separations, mailers must segregate trays 

as described in 346.1.3; labeling: 

1. Line 1: Column A, L002 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS 3D NON BC 

b. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS NON BC.’’ 

c. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS NON BC.’’ 

d. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS NON BC.’’ 

5.8 Cotraying and Cobundling Flats 

With Automation Mail 

The following standards apply: 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 5.8b through d as 

follows:] 

b. If the mailing job contains an 

automation mailing and a 

nonautomation mailing, it must be 

prepared under the cotraying standards 

in 705.9.0. 

c. If the mailing job contains a carrier 

route mailing and a nonautomation 

mailing, it must be separately trayed 

under 5.0 and 6.0 or under the merged 

traying option in 705.10.0. 

d. If the mailing job contains a carrier 

route mailing and an automation 

mailing, then it must be separately 

trayed under 6.0 and 7.0 or under the 

merged traying option in 705.10.0. 

* * * * * 

5.9 Merged Containerization of 

Carrier Route, Automation, and 

Nonautomation Flats 

[Revise the first sentence of 5.9 as 

follows:] 

Under the optional preparation in 

705.10.0, nonautomation 5-digit bundles 

prepared under 5.0 are combined in 

trays or approved alternate containers 

with carrier route bundles and 

automation 5-digit bundles in merged 5- 

digit scheme trays and merged 5-digit 

trays. * * * 

* * * * * 

6.0 Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route 

Flats 

6.1 Basic Standards 

All mailings and all pieces in each 

mailing at Enhanced Carrier Route 

Standard Mail and Nonprofit Enhanced 

Carrier Route Standard Mail 

nonautomation prices are subject to 

specific preparation standards in 6.2 

through 6.7 and to these general 

standards: 

* * * * * 

c. All pieces must meet the standards 

in 2.0 through 4.0 and 302, and the 

following: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 6.1c2 as follows:] 

2. Flat-size pieces must be bundled 

and placed on pallets under 705.8.0, or 

if unable to palletize placed into flat 

trays or alternate containers or, if 

applicable, in letter trays under 3.4. 

When entering flat-size pieces at DDUs, 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13712 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

mailers may prepare untrayed, 

nonpalletized bundles under 2.7. 

* * * * * 

6.3 Carrier Route Bundle Preparation 

Prepare carrier route bundles of flatsize mail as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 6.3c as follows:] 

c. Label carrier route bundles based 

on the following tray levels: 

1. Carrier route tray: No bundle 

labeling is required. 

2. 5-digit scheme or 5-digit carrier 

routes tray: Bundles must have a facing 

slip unless the pieces in the bundle 

have a carrier information line or an 

optional endorsement line (OEL). 

[Revise title and text of 6.4 as follows:] 

6.4 Bundles and Trays With Fewer 

Than the Minimum Number of Pieces 

Required 

As a general exception to 6.2 through 

6.7, a mailer may prepare a bundle or 

tray with fewer than the minimum 

number of pieces required for a carrier 

route when pieces meet the saturation 

standards. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of the 

introductory paragraph only of 6.6 as 

follows:] 

6.6 Required Tray Minimums 

When traying or containerization is 

required, mailers must prepare a tray or 

approved alternate container when the 

quantity of mail for a required presort 

destination reaches either 125 pieces or 

15 pounds of pieces, whichever occurs 

first. The following conditions apply: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 6.6b as follows:] 

b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, 

mailers must either use the minimum 

that applies to the average piece weight 

for the entire mailing or tray the pieces 

according to the actual piece count or 

mail weight for each tray, if 

documentation shows the number and 

total weight in each tray. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 6.6d as follows:] 

d. Trays with fewer than 125 pieces 

or less than 15 pounds of pieces may be 

prepared to a carrier route when pieces 

meet the saturation standards. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and introductory 

paragraph only of 6.7 as follows:] 

6.7 Tray Preparation 

Mailers must segregate trays destined 

within the origin/entry SCF under 

346.1.3. Preparation sequence and 

labeling: 

* * * * * 

6.8 Merged Containerization of 

Carrier Route, Automation, and 

Presorted Price Flats 

[Revise the first sentence of 6.8 as 

follows:] 

Under the optional preparation in 

705.10.0, carrier route bundles are 

combined in trays or approved alternate 

containers with 5-digit bundles (both 

presorted and automation) in merged 5- 

digit scheme trays and merged 5-digit 

trays. * * * 

* * * * * 

7.0 Preparing Automation Flats 

7.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise the second sentence of 7.1 as 

follows:] 

* * * Trays must bear the 

appropriate barcoded container labels 

under 4.9. 

* * * * * 

7.4 Standard Mail Bundle Preparation 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 7.4.2 as follows:] 

7.4.2 Required Traying 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

7.4.2 as follows:] 

If unable to palletize under 705.8.0, a 

tray or approved alternate container 

must be prepared when the quantity of 

mail for a required presort destination 

reaches either 125 pieces or 15 pounds 

of pieces, whichever occurs first, subject 

to these conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 7.4.2b as follows:] 

b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, 

mailers must either use the minimum 

that applies to the average piece weight 

for the entire mailing or tray by the 

actual piece count or mail weight for 

each tray, if documentation shows the 

number and total weight of pieces in 

each tray. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of the 

introductory paragraph only of 7.4.3 as 

follows:] 

7.4.3 Traying and Labeling 

Mailers must segregate trays destined 

within the origin/entry SCF under 

346.1.3. Preparation sequence and 

labeling: 

[Revise the opening paragraph only of 

7.4.3 a and c as follows:] 

* * * * * 

[Delete current 7.4.3e in its entirety 

and add new items e through g as 

follows:] 

e. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS NDC BC.’’ 

f. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS BC WKG.’’ 

g. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS BC WKG.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Renumber current items 7.6 and 7.7 

as the new 7.7 and 7.8 and add a new 

7.6 as follows:] 

7.6 Containerization—Flat Tray 

Preparation and Labeling 

Mailers must prepare bundles on 

pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum 

volume is available for a required pallet 

level. Mailers who are unable to 

palletize, or mailers of small volume 

mailings, must prepare bundles in flat 

trays or approved alternate containers 

under 7.6a through 7.6c. Mailers 

entering mailings at acceptance 

locations specified in item d must 

prepare mailings according to the 

instructions in 7.6d instead of c. 

Preparation sequence and labeling: 

a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no 

minimum; when making this separation, 

mailers must segregate trays under 

346.1.3; labeling: 

1. Line 1: Column A, L002. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS 3D BC. 

b. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC); (required); no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS BC WKG.’’ 

c. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS BC WKG.’’ 

d. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13713 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS BC WKG.’’ 

7.7 Merged Containerization With 

Presorted and Carrier Route Flats 

[Revise renumbered 7.7 as follows:] 

When the standards in 705.10.0, 

705.12.0, or 705.13.0 are met, 5-digit 

bundles and carrier route bundles that 

are part of the same mailing job and 

mail class may be combined on merged 

5-digit scheme trays or pallets and 

merged 5-digit trays or pallets. 

Automation flats may be cobundled 

with nonautomation flats under 

705.11.0. 

7.8 Exception—Automation and 

Nonautomation Pieces on Pallets 

[Revise the third and fifth sentences of 

renumbered 7.8 as follows:] 

* * * Mailing jobs prepared entirely 

in trays and claiming this exception 

must be cobundled under 705.11.0. 

* * * The nonautomation pieces that 

cannot be placed on NDC or finer level 

pallets may be prepared in flat trays and 

paid at nonautomation flat-size prices. 

* * * 

* * * * * 

346 Enter and Deposit 

1.0 Presenting a Mailing 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 1.3 as follows:] 

1.3 Segregation of Origin SCF 

Mailpieces 

Mailers must make all required, and 

may make any optional, origin/entry 

carrier route, 5-digit (scheme) carrier 

route, (merged) 5-digit (scheme) and 3- 

digit (scheme) separations destinating in 

the service area of the SCF serving the 

Post Office where the mail is verified, or 

the service area of the SCF/plant where 

mail is entered. For all such separations, 

mailpieces must be trayed or placed in 

alternative containers under 345.0 and 

segregated from the remainder of the 

mailing. Mailers must segregate the 

origin/entry trays by one of these 

methods: Separately containerize the 

trays; place the trays in a conspicuous 

location on top of origin SCF pallet or 

other container; or present them 

separately to acceptance personnel. 

* * * * * 

3.0 Destination Network Distribution 

Center (DNDC) Entry 

* * * * * 

3.2 Eligibility 

[Revise 3.2 as follows:] 

Pieces in a correctly prepared 

Standard Mail mailing that meet the 

standards in 2.0 and 3.0 are eligible for 

the DNDC price when they meet all of 

the following conditions: 

a. Pieces are addressed for delivery to 

one of the 3-digit ZIP Codes served by 

the NDC or ASF where deposited that 

are listed in Exhibit 3.1. 

b. Pieces are correctly placed on a 

pallet or in a tray that is labeled to an 

NDC or ASF, or to a postal facility 

within the service area of that NDC or 

ASF (see Exhibit 3.1), and deposited at 

that NDC or ASF. 

c. If bundles of flats on pallets are 

reallocated from an ASF pallet to a NDC 

pallet under 705.8.14, mail for the ASF 

ZIP Codes placed on the NDC pallet is 

not eligible for the DNDC prices. 

3.3 Eligibility for ADC Mailpieces 

[Revise the first sentence of 3.3 as 

follows:] 

All pieces in an ADC tray are eligible 

for the DNDC discount if the ADC 

facility ZIP Code (as shown on Line 1 

of the corresponding container label) is 

within the service area of the NDC or 

ASF at which the tray is deposited as 

shown in Exhibit 3.1. * * * 

[Revise title and text of 3.4 as follows:] 

3.4 Eligibility for Mixed ADC Bundles 

or Trays 

Mailpieces in a mixed ADC bundle or 

tray can qualify for the DNDC prices if 

the following standards are met: 

a. All pieces (no minimum) in the 

bundle or tray must destinate within the 

ASF or NDC service area shown in 

Exhibit 3.1. 

b. Use labeling list L009 when 

labeling bundles or trays containing 

such pieces. 

* * * * * 

4.0 Destination Sectional Center 

Facility (DSCF) Entry 

* * * * * 

4.2 Eligibility 

Pieces in a mailing that meets the 

standards in 2.0 and 4.0 are eligible for 

the DSCF price, as follows: 

[Revise items 4.2a and b as follows:] 

a. When deposited at a DSCF (or 

USPS-designated facility), addressed for 

delivery within that facility’s service 

area, and placed on a pallet or in a tray 

labeled to that DSCF or to a postal 

facility within its service area. 

b. When prepared in 5-digit bundles 

and placed on or in a merged 5-digit 

scheme or merged 5-digit pallet or tray 

deposited at the destination delivery 

unit as defined in 5.1. 

* * * * * 

360 Bound Printed Matter 

* * * * * 

365 Mail Preparation 

1.0 General Information for Mail 

Presentation 

1.1 Basic Preparation—Nonpresorted 

[Revise 1.1as follows:] 

There are no presort, traying, 

containerization, or labeling standards 

for nonpresorted Bound Printed Matter. 

* * * * * 

1.4 Terms for Presort Levels 

Terms used for presort levels are 

defined as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Renumber current 1.4i through k as 

the new j through l and add a new item 

i as follows:] 

i. Origin/entry SCF: The separation 

includes bundles for one or more 3-digit 

areas served by the same sectional 

center facility (SCF) (see L005) in whose 

service area the mail is verified/entered. 

Mailpieces may be separated for each 

such 3-digit area regardless of the 

volume of mail. Mailers making these 

separations must segregate flat trays, 

approved alternate containers or pallets 

labeled to destinations within the origin 

3-digit area from the remainder of the 

mailing as described in 366.2.7. 

* * * * * 

1.5 Preparation Definitions and 

Instructions 

For purposes of preparing mail: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.5b as follows:] 

b. An approved alternate container is 

a container that is authorized by the 

USPS, instead of a flat tray (tub) or 

pallet. Alternate containers could 

include sacks, other USPS-supplied 

mail transport equipment, or mailersupplied containers. 

[Revise the second sentence of 1.5c as 

follows:] 

c. * * * When standards require 5- 

digit/scheme sort, mailers must prepare 

all possible 5-digit scheme bundles and 

trays or approved authorized containers 

before preparing 5-digit bundles, and 

trays or containers. * * * 

[Revise item 1.5d as follows:] 

d. A 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort 

is required for Carrier Route Bound 

Printed Matter flats prepared in trays, or 

approved alternate containers, or as 

bundles on pallets and yields a 5-digit 

scheme carrier routes trays, alternate 

containers or pallets for those 5-digit 

ZIP Codes listed in L001 and 5-digit 

carrier routes trays, alternate containers 

or pallets for other areas. The 5-digit ZIP 

Codes in each scheme are treated as one 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13714 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

presort destination subject to a single 

minimum tray, alternate container or 

pallet volume. Trays, alternate 

containers or pallets prepared for a 5- 

digit scheme carrier routes destination 

that contain carrier route bundles for 

only one of the schemed 5-digit areas 

are considered to be sorted to 5-digit 

scheme carrier routes. Preparation of 5- 

digit scheme carrier routes trays, 

alternate containers or pallets must be 

done for all 5-digit scheme destinations. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.5g as follows:] 

g. The required at [quantity] 

instruction means that the particular 

unit must be prepared for the 

corresponding presort level whenever 

the specified quantity of mail is reached 

or exceeded, up to the maximum size or 

weight. 

[Revise 1.5h as follows:] 

h. The optional at [quantity] 

instruction means that the particular 

unit may be prepared for the 

corresponding presort level whenever 

the specified quantity is reached or 

exceeded, up to the maximum size or 

weight. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.5k as follows:] 

k. A ‘‘logical’’ presort destination 

represents the total number of pieces 

that are eligible for a specific presort 

level based on the required sortation, 

which might not be contained in one 

bundle or in one container (tray, 

alternate container or pallet) due to 

preparation requirements or the size of 

the individual pieces. For example, 

there may be 42 mailpieces for ZIP Code 

43112 forming a ‘‘logical’’ 5-digit bundle, 

and the pieces are prepared in three 

physical 5-digit bundles. 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 1.6 as follows:] 

1.6 Required Pallet Preparation 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they reach the minimum 

load requirements described in 

705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to 

palletize, mail must be separated and 

placed in flat trays or approved alternate 

containers. 

2.0 Bundles 

* * * * * 

2.2 Address Visibility 

* * * This standard does not apply to 

the following: 

[Revise items 2.2a and b as follows:] 

a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 

5-digit scheme (L001) trays, approved 

alternate containers or pallets. 

b. Bundles placed in carrier route and 

5-digit carrier routes trays or approved 

alternate containers. 

* * * * * 

2.6 Preparing Bundles 

Bundles of flat-size pieces must be 

secure and stable subject to the 

following: 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 2.6b and c as follows:] 

b. If placed in trays or approved 

alternate containers, the applicable 

weight limits in 5.0 or 6.0. 

c. If bundles are prepared as untrayed 

or uncontainerized bundles under 

366.6.2 or 366.6.3, the weight limits and 

other standards in 2.7. 

[Revise title of 2.7 and text of the 

introductory sentence as follows:] 

2.7 Additional Standards for 

Untrayed Bundles Entered at DDU 

Facilities 

Mailers may enter untrayed or 

uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles 

of flat-size pieces at destination delivery 

units (DDUs) if all of the following 

conditions are met: 

* * * * * 

2.8 Bundle Sizes 

[Revise the sixth and seventh 

sentences of 2.8 as follows:] 

* * * Except for mixed ADC bundles 

and carrier route bundles prepared in 

trays or approved alternate containers, 

each physical bundle of Bound Printed 

Matter must contain at least two pieces. 

For carrier route Bound Printed Matter 

prepared in trays or approved alternate 

containers, the last physical bundle to 

an individual carrier route may consist 

of a single addressed piece, provided 

that all other bundles to that carrier 

route destination contain at least two 

addressed pieces, and that the total 

group of pieces to that carrier route (the 

logical bundle) meets the carrier route 

eligibility minimum in 363. * * * 

2.9 Pieces With Simplified Addresses 

[Revise the last sentence of 2.9 as 

follows:] 

* * * Bundles must be secure and 

stable subject to weight limits in 705.8.0 

if placed on pallets and, for Bound 

Printed Matter in trays or approved 

alternate containers, applicable weight 

limits in 5.0, and 6.0. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:] 

3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers 

[Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2 

and add a new 3.1 as follows:] 

3.1 Standard Containers 

If mailers are unable to palletize, 

mailings must be prepared in flat trays 

or approved alternate containers. 

[Revise title and text of renumbered 

3.2 as follows:] 

3.2 Tray Preparation 

Tray and alternate container 

preparation is subject to these 

standards: 

a. Each tray or alternate container 

must bear the correct tray label. 

b. The weight of a tray, or alternate 

container, and its content must not 

exceed 70 pounds. 

[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:] 

4.0 Tray Labels 

4.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise 4.1 as follows:] 

Tray labels are subject to the 

following: 

a. Use 2-inch tray labels for trays and 

approved alternate containers. 

b. Labels, including hand-printed 

labels, must be legible. Machine-printed 

labels (available from the USPS) ensure 

legibility. 

c. Barcoded tray labels for automation 

mailings are subject to 4.8 and 708.6.0. 

d. Intelligent Mail tray labels, used on 

trays or alternate containers, are subject 

to the standards in 708.6.5 and to the 

specifications posted at http:// 

ribbs.usps.gov. 

[Revise title and text of the 

introductory sentence only of 4.2 as 

follows:] 

4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray 

Label 

A tray label must meet these 

specifications: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 4.2d as follows] 

d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 

1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches 

maximum. 

[Delete current 4.3, Additional 

Standards for Barcoded Sack Labels, in 

its entirety and renumber current items 

4.4 through 4.9 as new 4.3 through 4.8.] 

4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line) 

Line 1 (destination line) must meet 

these standards: 

* * * * * 

[Revise renumbered 4.3c as follows:] 

c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit 

trays or alternate containers for overseas 

military destinations, Line 1 shows, 

from left to right, ‘‘APO’’ or ‘‘FPO,’’ 

followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP Codes within 

the ZIP Code prefix range 090–098), 

‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within the 3-digit 

ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’ (for ZIP 

Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13715 

962–966), followed by the destination 5- 

digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray or 

alternate container. 

4.4 Line 2 (Content Line) 

Line 2 (content line) must meet these 

standards: 

[Revise renumbered 4.4a as follows:] 

a. Placement: Line 2 must be the 

second visible line on the label. This 

line must show the class and processing 

category of the mail in the tray or 

alternate container and other 

information as specified by standards. 

* * * * * 

[Revise ‘‘code’’ description for 

nonbarcoded ‘‘content type’’ (10th in 

list) in the table under 4.5b as follows:] 

CONTENT TYPE CODE 

* * * * * 

Nonbarcoded NON BC (trays or 

alternate containers) NBC (pallets and 

cotrayed mail under 705.9.0) 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and introductory 

paragraph only of renumbered 4.8 as 

follows:] 

4.8 Basic Standards for Barcoded 

Tray Labels 

Mailers must use barcoded tray labels 

for barcoded flat-size mailings. 

Barcoded labels must meet these general 

standards: 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 4.9d and e as follows:] 

d. Mailers must insert a barcoded 

label completely into the label holder on 

the tray or alternate container. 

e. Intelligent Mail tray labels must be 

used on all trays and alternate container 

for mailings entered under the fullservice Intelligent Mail automation 

option. 

5.0 Preparing Presorted Flats 

* * * * * 

5.2 Bundling 

5.2.1 Required Bundling 

[Revise the first and fourth sentences 

of 5.2.1 as follows:] 

Mailers must bundle pieces before 

putting them in trays or approved 

alternate containers. * * * Five-digit 

bundles placed in 5-digit trays or 

approved alternate containers and 

untrayed 5-digit bundles prepared for 

DDU entry may weigh a maximum of 40 

pounds. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 5.3 and 5.3.1 as 

follows:] 

5.3 Traying 

5.3.1 Required Traying 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

5.3.1 as follows:] 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they reach the minimum 

load requirements in 705.8.5.3 or 

prepare flats as untrayed bundles under 

2.7. Otherwise, mailers must prepare a 

tray or approved alternate container 

when the quantity of mail for a required 

presort destination reaches either 20 

addressed pieces or 20 pounds, 

whichever occurs first. Only mixed ADC 

trays or alternate containers may 

contain smaller volumes. Optional SCF 

trays or alternate containers are subject 

to the same minimum piece or pound 

provision as required trays. Traying or 

containerization also is subject to these 

conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 5.3.1b as follows:] 

b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, 

mailers must use either the minimum 

that applies to the average piece weight 

for the entire mailing or tray by the 

actual piece count or mail weight for 

each tray or alternate container, if 

documentation can be provided that 

shows the number of pieces and their 

total weight in each tray or alternate 

container. 

* * * * * 

5.3.2 Separation by Zone 

[Revise 5.3.2 as follows:] 

Pieces for each zone must be trayed or 

placed in approved alternate containers 

separately. When presented for 

verification, trays or alternate containers 

must be separated by zone. Exception: 

Pieces for different zones may be trayed 

together, and the trays or alternate 

containers do not have to be separated 

by zone for verification if the mailing is 

prepared under 705.2.0, 705.3.0, 705.4.0 

or 5.3.3. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 5.3.4 as follows:] 

5.3.4 Cotraying Presorted Mail With 

Barcoded Mail 

The following standards apply: 

[Revise items 5.3.4a and b as follows:] 

a. If the mailing job contains only a 

Presorted mailing qualifying for and 

claiming the barcode discount and a 

Presorted mailing not claiming the 

barcode discount, both mailings must be 

cotrayed under 705.9.0. The two 

mailings may be cobundled under 

705.11.0 before being cotrayed under 

705.9.0. 

b. If the mailing job also contains a 

carrier route mailing, the carrier route 

mailing must be prepared under 6.0. 

[Revise title and text of the 

introductory paragraph only of 5.3.5 as 

follows:] 

5.3.5 Traying and Labeling 

Mailers must segregate trays or 

alternate containers destined within the 

origin/entry SCF under 366.2.7. 

Preparation sequence and labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Delete 5.6e in its entirety and add 

new items e through g as follows:] 

e. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NDC NON 

BC.’’ 

f. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC 

WKG.’’ 

g. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC 

WKG.’’ 

[Add a new 5.4 as follows:] 

5.4 Containerization—Flat Tray 

Preparation and Labeling 

Mailers must prepare bundled mail on 

pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum 

volume is available for a required pallet 

level. Mailers who are unable to 

palletize, or mailers of small volume 

mailings, must prepare bundles in flat 

trays or approved alternate containers 

under 5.4a through 5.4c. Mailers 

entering mailings at acceptance 

locations specified in item d below must 

prepare mailings according to the 

instructions in 5.4d instead of 5.4c. 

Preparation sequence and labeling: 

a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no 

minimum; when making these 

separations, mailers must segregate trays 

as described in 366.2.7; labeling: 

1. Line 1: Column A, L002 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS 3D NON BC’’ 

b. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’ 

c. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13716 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’ 

d. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’ 

6.0 Preparing Carrier Route Flats 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 6.3 and 6.3.1 as 

follows:] 

6.3 Traying 

6.3.1 Required Traying 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

6.3.1 as follows:] 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they reach the minimum 

load requirements described in 

705.8.5.3 or may prepare flats as 

untrayed bundles under 2.7. Otherwise, 

mailers must prepare a direct carrier 

route tray or approved alternate 

container when the quantity of mail for 

an individual carrier route reaches 

either 20 addressed pieces or 20 

pounds, whichever occurs first; smaller 

volumes are not permitted. Mailers must 

place remaining bundles in 5-digit 

scheme carrier routes trays or alternate 

containers, or 5-digit carrier routes trays 

or alternate containers, which have no 

minimum tray or container size. Carrier 

route trays or alternate containers also 

are subject to these conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 6.3.1b as follows:] 

b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, 

mailers must use either the minimum 

that applies to the average piece weight 

for the entire mailing or tray the mail by 

the actual piece count or mail weight for 

each tray or alternate container, if 

documentation can be provided with 

the mailing that shows the number of 

pieces and the total weight in each tray 

or alternate container. 

6.3.2 Separation by Zone 

[Revise 6.3.2 as follows:] 

Pieces for each zone must be trayed or 

placed in approved alternate containers 

separately. When presented for 

verification, trays or alternate containers 

must be separated by zone. Exception: 

Pieces for different zones may be trayed 

or placed in alternate containers 

together, and the trays or alternate 

containers do not have to be separated 

by zone for verification if the mailing is 

prepared under one of the postage 

payment systems in 705.2.0 through 

705.4.0 or under 6.3.3. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of the 

introductory paragraph of 6.3.5 as 

follows:] 

6.3.5 Tray Preparation 

Mailers must segregate trays or 

alternate containers destined within the 

origin/entry SCF under 366.2.7. 

Preparation sequence and Line 1 tray 

labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 6.3.6 as follows:] 

6.3.6 Tray Label Line 2 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of 6.3.7 as 

follows:] 

6.3.7 Exception to Traying 

Traying or containerization is not 

required for bundles that are entered at 

DDU prices; such bundles may be 

bedloaded and may weigh up to 40 

pounds each. 

7.0 Preparing Barcoded Flats 

7.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise the second and third 

sentences of 7.1 as follows:] 

* * * Bundle, tray or approved 

alternate container preparation is 

subject to 365.0. Trays or alternate 

containers must bear the appropriate 

barcoded tray labels under 4.9. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 7.4 as follows:] 

7.4 Traying 

[Revise title and introductory 

paragraph of 7.4.1 as follows:] 

7.4.1 Tray Preparation and Labeling 

Mailers must segregate trays or 

alternate containers destined within the 

origin/entry SCF under 366.2.7. 

Preparation sequence and labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Delete current item 7.4.1e in its 

entirety and add new items e through g 

as follows:] 

e. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NDC BC.’’ 

f. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS BC WKG.’’ 

g. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS BC WKG.’’ 

[Renumber current items 7.5 through 

7.5.2 as new 7.6 through 7.6.2 and add 

a new 7.5 as follows:] 

7.5 Containerization—Flat Tray 

Preparation and Labeling 

Mailers must prepare bundled mail on 

pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum 

volume is available for a required pallet 

level. Mailers who are unable to 

palletize, or mailers of small volume 

mailings, must prepare bundles in flat 

trays or approved alternate containers as 

shown in 7.5a through 7.5c. Mailers 

entering mailings at acceptance 

locations specified in item d below must 

prepare mailings according to the 

instructions in 7.5d instead of 7.5c. 

Preparation sequence and labeling: 

a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no 

minimum; when making these 

separations, mailers must segregate trays 

under 366.2.7; labeling: 

1. Line 1: Column A, L002 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS 3D BC.’’ 

b. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS BC WKG.’’ 

c. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS BC WKG.’’ 

d. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13717 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS BC WKG.’’ 

7.6 Mixed Price Preparation 

[Revise title of renumbered 7.6.1 as 

follows:] 

7.6.1 Cobundling and Cotraying 

Mixed Mail 

The following standards apply to 

Bound Printed Matter: 

[Revise renumbered 7.6.1a and b as 

follows:] 

a. If the mailing job contains a carrier 

route mailing, a Presorted mailing 

qualifying for and claiming the barcode 

discount under 363.6.1, and a Presorted 

mailing (not claiming the barcode 

discount), then the carrier route mailing 

must be prepared under 6.0, and the 

Presorted mailing qualifying for and 

claiming the barcode discount and the 

Presorted mailing (not claiming the 

barcode discount) must be cotrayed 

under 705.9.0. As an option, the 

Presorted pieces may be cobundled 

together under 705.11.0. Cobundled 

pieces must be cotrayed under 705.9.0. 

b. If the mailing job contains only a 

Presorted mailing qualifying for and 

claiming the barcode discount and a 

Presorted mailing (not claiming the 

barcode discount), both mailings must 

be cotrayed under 705.9.0. As an option, 

the Presorted pieces may be cobundled 

together under 705.11.0. Cobundled 

pieces must be cotrayed under 705.9.0. 

* * * * * 

7.6.2 Merged Containerization 

[Revise renumbered 7.6.2 as follows:] 

When the conditions and preparation 

standards in 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 

705.13.0 are met, 5-digit bundles of 

Presorted (barcoded and nonbarcoded 

pieces) and carrier route mail that are 

part of the same mailing job and class 

of mail may be combined on merged 5- 

digit scheme pallets, trays or approved 

alternate containers and merged 5-digit 

pallets, trays or approved alternate 

containers. Barcode discount pieces 

may be cobundled with presorted pieces 

under 705.11.0 

366 Enter and Deposit 

* * * * * 

2.0 Presenting a Mailing 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 2.7 as follows:] 

2.7 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays 

Mailers must make all required, and 

may make any optional, origin/entry 

SCF, origin 3-digit (scheme) and origin/ 

entry 5-digit trays destinating in the 

service area of the SCF serving the Post 

Office where the mail is verified, or the 

service area of the SCF/plant where mail 

is entered. For all such separations, 

mailpieces must be trayed or placed in 

alternative containers under 365.0 and 

segregated from the remainder of the 

mailing. Mailers must segregate the 

origin/entry trays by one of these 

methods: separately containerize the 

trays; place the trays in a conspicuous 

location on top of origin SCF pallet or 

other container; or present them 

separately to acceptance personnel. 

* * * * * 

3.0 Destination Entry 

3.1 General 

[Revise the second sentence of 3.1 as 

follows:] 

* * * Eligibility for a destination 

entry price is determined by the sort 

level, processing category of the mail, 

and the type of container the mail is in 

(pallet, tray or alternate container). 

* * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and the first sentence of 

the text of 3.7 as follows:] 

3.7 Mailings of Untrayed Bundles 

Mailers may present untrayed, or 

uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles 

of BPM flats that are properly prepared 

for and entered at DDU prices and 

unloaded according to standards in 

3.9.9. * * * 

* * * * * 

4.0 Destination Network Distribution 

Center (DNDC) Entry 

4.1 Eligibility 

Pieces in a mailing meeting the 

standards in 3.0 and 4.0 are eligible for 

the DNDC price when they meet all of 

the following conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 4.1d as follows:] 

d. Are placed on a pallet, or placed in 

a tray or approved alternate container, 

that is labeled to the NDC or ASF where 

deposited, or labeled to a postal facility 

within that NDCs or ASFs service area 

(see Exhibit 4.1). 

* * * * * 

4.2 Presorted Flats 

[Revise 4.2 as follows:] 

Presorted flats on pallets, or placed in 

trays or approved alternate containers, 

at all sort levels may claim DNDC 

prices. Separate mixed ADC trays or 

alternate containers must be prepared 

for flats eligible for and claimed at the 

DNDC price and for flats not claimed at 

the DNDC price. Use the ‘‘label to’’ ZIP 

Code of the ADC to assign ADC bundles 

to the respective mixed ADC tray or 

alternate container. Use the address on 

the mailpieces to assign pieces to the 

respective mixed ADC bundle. All 

pieces in an ADC tray, alternate 

container or in a palletized ADC bundle 

are eligible for the DNDC discount if the 

ADC facility ZIP Code (shown in Line 

1 of the corresponding tray label or the 

ADC facility that is the destination of 

the palletized ADC bundle as would be 

shown on an ADC tray label for that 

facility using L004, Column B) is within 

the service area of the NDC or ASF at 

which the tray or alternate container is 

deposited. Mail must be entered at the 

appropriate facility under 4.1. 

4.3 Carrier Route Flats 

[Revise the first sentence of 4.3 as 

follows:] 

Carrier Route flats on pallets, or in 

trays or alternate containers, at all sort 

levels may claim DNDC prices. * * * 

5.0 Destination Sectional Center 

Facility (DSCF) Entry 

5.1 Eligibility 

Pieces in a mailing meeting the 

standards in 3.0 and 5.0 are eligible for 

the DSCF price when they meet all of 

the following conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 5.1d as follows:] 

d. Are placed on a pallet, or placed in 

a tray or authorized alternate container, 

that is labeled to the facility where 

deposited or labeled to a postal facility 

within that facility’s service area. 

* * * * * 

5.2 Presorted Flats 

[Revise the first sentence of 5.2 as 

follows:] 

Presorted flats and automation flats in 

trays or alternate containers for the 5- 

digit, 3-digit, and SCF sort levels or on 

pallets at the 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 3- 

digit, SCF, and ASF sort levels may 

claim DSCF prices. * * * 

5.3 Carrier Route Flats 

[Revise the first sentence of 5.3 as 

follows:] 

Carrier route flats in trays, or alternate 

containers, at all sort levels or on pallets 

at the 5-digit scheme carrier routes, 5- 

digit carrier routes, 3-digit, SCF, and 

ASF sort levels may claim DSCF prices. 

* * * 

6.0 Destination Delivery Unit (DDU) 

Entry 

* * * * * 

6.2 Presorted Flats 

[Revise the first sentence of 6.2 as 

follows:] 

Presorted flats that weigh more than 

1 pound in 5-digit trays or alternate 

containers, on 5-digit scheme or 5-digit 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13718 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

pallets, or prepared as untrayed or 

uncontainerized 5-digit bundles may 

claim DDU prices. * * * 

6.3 Carrier Route Flats 

[Revise the first sentence of 6.3 as 

follows:] 

Carrier route flats in trays or alternate 

containers, on 5-digit carrier routes 

scheme and 5-digit carrier routes 

pallets, or prepared as untrayed or 

uncontainerized carrier route bundles 

may claim DDU prices. * * * 

* * * * * 

370 Media Mail 

373 Prices and Eligibility 

* * * * * 

3.0 Price Eligibility for Media Mail 

Flats 

* * * * * 

3.4 Price Categories for Media Mail 

Media Mail prices are based on the 

weight of the piece without regard to 

zone. The price categories and discounts 

are as follows: 

[Revise 3.4a as follows:] 

a. 5-Digit Presort Price. To qualify for 

the 5-digit price, a piece must be sorted 

to 5-digit trays or approved alternate 

containers under 375.5.0, or 5-digit 

pallets under 705.8.0. All logical 5-digit 

bundles on pallets must contain at least 

10 pieces. 

* * * * * 

375 Mail Preparation 

1.0 General Information for Mail 

Preparation 

* * * * * 

1.3 Terms for Presort Levels 

Terms used for presort levels are 

defined as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.3b as follows:] 

b. 5-digit scheme (bundles, trays or 

approved alternate containers) for flats 

meeting the automation-compatibility 

standards in 301.3.0; the ZIP Code in 

the delivery address on all pieces begins 

with one of the 5-digit ZIP Code ranges 

in a single scheme, as shown in L007. 

* * * * * 

1.4 Preparation Definitions and 

Instructions 

For purposes of preparing mail: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.4b as follows:] 

b. An approved alternate container is 

a container that is authorized by the 

appropriate USPS official, instead of a 

flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling 

and transport of bundled flat-size 

mailpieces or parcels. Alternate 

containers could include sacks, other 

USPS-supplied mail transport 

equipment, or mailer-supplied 

containers. 

[Revise the second sentence of 1.4c as 

follows:] 

c. * * * When standards require 5- 

digit/scheme sort, mailers must prepare 

all possible 5-digit scheme bundles and 

trays, or approved alternate containers 

of flats before preparing 5-digit bundles 

and trays (or approved alternate 

containers). * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.4e as follows:] 

e. The required at [quantity] 

instruction means that the particular 

unit must be prepared for the 

corresponding presort level whenever 

the specified quantity of mail is reached 

or exceeded, up to the maximum size or 

weight. 

[Revise 1.4f as follows:] 

f. The optional at [quantity] 

instruction means that the particular 

unit may be prepared for the 

corresponding presort level whenever 

the specified quantity is reached or 

exceeded, up to the maximum size or 

weight. 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 1.5 as follows:] 

1.5 Required Pallet Preparation 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to 

palletize, mail must be separated and 

placed in properly labeled flat trays or 

approved alternate containers. 

2.0 Bundles 

* * * * * 

2.6 Preparing Bundles 

Bundles of flat-size pieces must be 

secure and stable subject to the 

following: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 2.6b as follows:] 

b. If placed in trays or approved 

alternate containers, Media Mail must 

meet the specific weight limits in 5.2. 

2.7 Bundle Sizes 

[Revise the fifth sentence of 2.7 as 

follows:] 

* * * Unless otherwise noted, the 

maximum weight for bundles placed in 

trays or approved alternate containers is 

20 pounds. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:] 

3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers 

[Revise title and text of 3.1 as follows:] 

3.1 Standard Containers 

If mailers are unable to palletize, 

mailings must be prepared in flat trays 

or approved alternate containers. 

[Add a new 3.2 as follows:] 

3.2 Tray Preparation 

Tray and alternate container 

preparation is subject to these 

standards: 

a. Each tray or alternate container 

must bear the correct tray label. 

b. The weight of a tray, or alternate 

container, and its content must not 

exceed 70 pounds. 

[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:] 

4.0 Tray Labels 

4.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise 4.1 as follows:] 

Tray labels are subject to the 

following: 

a. Use 2-inch labels for trays and 

approved alternate containers. 

b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. 

Machine-printed labels (available from 

the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible 

hand-printed labels are acceptable. 

[Revise title and text of the 

introductory sentence of 4.2 as follows:] 

4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray 

Label 

A tray label must meet these 

specifications: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 4.2d as follows:] 

d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 

1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches 

maximum. 

[Renumber current items 4.3 through 

4.7 as the new 4.4 through 4.8 and add 

a new 4.3 as follows:] 

4.3 Additional Standards for 

Barcoded Tray Labels 

In addition to 4.2, barcoded tray 

labels must meet the standards in 4.9 

and 708.6.3. 

4.4 Line 1 (Destination Line) 

Line 1 (destination line) must meet 

these standards: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 4.4c as follows:] 

c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit 

trays or approved alternate containers 

for overseas military destinations, Line 

1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’ or 

‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP Codes 

within the ZIP Code prefix range 090– 

098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within the 3- 

digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’ (for 

ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix 

range 962–966), followed by the 

destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail 

in the tray or alternate container. 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13719 

4.5 Line 2 (Content Line) 

Line 2 (content line) must meet these 

standards: 

[Revise 4.5a as follows:] 

a. Placement: Line 2 must be the 

second visible line on the label. This 

line must show the class and processing 

category of the mail in the tray or 

alternate container and other 

information as specified by standards. 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 4.9 as follows:] 

4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded 

Tray Labels 

Trays or approved alternate 

containers may bear barcoded tray 

labels meeting these general standards: 

a. Mailers must use the appropriate 

size label as described in 4.1. 

b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels 

must meet the standards in 708.6.0. 

c. All information on barcoded labels 

must be machine-printed. Do not make 

alterations to preprinted barcoded 

labels. 

d. Mailers must insert a barcoded 

label completely into the label holder on 

the tray or alternate container. 

e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 

708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays 

or alternate containers. 

5.0 Preparing Presorted Flats 

* * * * * 

5.2 Bundling 

5.2.1 Required Bundling 

[Revise the third sentence of 5.2.1 as 

follows:] 

* * * The maximum weight of each 

physical bundle is 20 pounds, except 

that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit 

tray or approved alternate container 

may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds. 

* * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 5.3 and 5.3.1 as 

follows:] 

5.3 Traying 

5.3.1 Required Traying 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

5.3.1 as follows:] 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must 

prepare a tray or approved alternate 

container when the quantity of mail for 

a required presort destination reaches 

the minimums specified in 5.3.2. 

Smaller volumes are not permitted 

(except in mixed ADC trays or alternate 

containers). 

[Revise title and text of the 

introductory paragraph only of 5.3.2 as 

follows:] 

5.3.2 Traying and Labeling 

Mailers must segregate trays or 

alternate containers destined within the 

origin/entry SCF as described in 

376.2.1. Preparation sequence and 

labeling: 

a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but 

required for 5-digit price); see 1.4c; 

scheme sort required, only for pieces 

meeting the automation-compatibility 

criteria in 301.3.0; minimum 10 

addressed pieces; when making these 

separations; labeling: 

[Revise items 5.3.2a1 and 5.3.2a2 as 

follows:] 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or 

alternate containers, use L007, Column 

B. For 5-digit trays or alternate 

containers, use city, state, and 5-digit 

ZIP Code on mail (see 4.5 for overseas 

military mail). 

2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or 

alternate containers, ‘‘PSVC FLT 5D SCH 

NBC.’’ For 5-digit trays or alternate 

containers, ‘‘PSVC FLT 5D NBC.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Delete 5.3.2d in its entirety and add 

new items d through f as follows:] 

d. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column B. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NDC NON 

BC.’’ 

e. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC 

WKG.’’ 

f. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC 

WKG.’’ 

[Add a new 5.4 as follows:] 

5.4 Containerization—Flat Tray 

Preparation and Labeling 

For mail prepared in bundles, mailers 

must prepare pallets under 705.8.0 

when minimum volume is available for 

a required pallet level. Mailers who are 

unable to palletize, or mailers of small 

volume mailings, must prepare bundles 

in flat trays or approved alternate 

containers under 5.4a through 5.4c. 

Mailers entering mailings at acceptance 

locations specified in item 5.4d must 

prepare mailings according to the 

instructions in 5.4d instead of 5.4c. 

Preparation sequence and labeling: 

a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no 

minimum; when making these 

separations, mailers must segregate trays 

under 376.2.1; labeling: 

1. Line 1: Column A, L002 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS 3D NON BC 

b. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’ 

c. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’ 

d. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’ 

376 Enter and Deposit 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 2.0 and 2.1 as follows:] 

2.0 Presenting a Mailing 

2.1 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays 

Mailers must make all required, and 

may make any optional, origin/entry 3- 

digit and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) 

trays destinating in the service area of 

the SCF serving the Post Office where 

the mail is verified, or the service area 

of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. 

For all such separations, mailpieces 

must be trayed or placed in alternative 

containers under 375.0 and segregated 

from the remainder of the mailing. 

Mailers must segregate the origin/entry 

trays by one of these methods: 

separately containerize the trays; place 

the trays in a conspicuous location on 

top of origin SCF pallet or other 

container; or present them separately to 

acceptance personnel. 

380 Library Mail 

383 Prices and Eligibility 

* * * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13720 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

3.0 Price Eligibility for Library Mail 

Flats 

* * * * * 

3.4 Price Categories for Library Mail 

Library Mail prices are based on the 

weight of the piece without regard to 

zone. The price categories and discounts 

are as follows: 

[Revise the second sentence of 3.4a as 

follows:] 

a. * * * To qualify for the 5-digit 

price, a piece must be sorted to 5-digit 

trays or approved alternate containers 

under 385.5.0 or to 5-digit pallets under 

705.8.0. * * * 

* * * * * 

385 Mail Preparation 

1.0 General Information for Mail 

Preparation 

* * * * * 

1.3 Terms for Presort Levels 

Terms used for presort levels are 

defined as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.3b as follows:] 

b. 5-digit scheme (bundles, trays and 

approved alternate containers) for flats 

meeting the automation-compatibility 

standards in 301.3.0: the ZIP Code in 

the delivery address on all pieces begins 

with one of the 5-digit ZIP Code ranges 

processed in a single scheme, as shown 

in L007. 

* * * * * 

1.4 Preparation Definitions and 

Instructions 

For purposes of preparing mail: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.4b as follows:] 

b. An approved alternate container is 

a container that is authorized by the 

appropriate USPS official, instead of a 

flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling 

and transport of bundled flat-size 

mailpieces or parcels. Alternate 

containers could include sacks, other 

USPS-supplied mail transport 

equipment, or mailer-supplied 

containers. 

[Revise the second sentence of 1.4c as 

follows:] 

c. * * * When standards require 5- 

digit/scheme sort, mailers must prepare 

all possible 5-digit scheme bundles and 

trays, or alternate containers of flats 

before preparing 5-digit bundles and 

trays (or alternate containers). * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.4e as follows:] 

e. The required at [quantity] 

instruction means that the particular 

unit must be prepared for the 

corresponding presort level whenever 

the specified quantity of mail is reached 

or exceeded, up to the maximum size or 

weight. 

[Revise 1.4f as follows:] 

f. The optional at [quantity] 

instruction means that the particular 

unit may be prepared for the 

corresponding presort level whenever 

the specified quantity is reached or 

exceeded, up to the maximum size or 

weight. 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 1.5 as follows:] 

1.5 Required Pallet Preparation 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to 

palletize, mail must be separated and 

placed in properly labeled flat trays or 

approved alternate containers. 

2.0 Bundles 

* * * * * 

2.6 Preparing Bundles 

Bundles of flat-size pieces must be 

secure and stable subject to the 

following: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 2.6b as follows:] 

b. If placed in trays or approved 

alternate containers, Library Mail must 

meet the specific weight limits in 5.2 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:] 

3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers 

[Revise title and text of 3.1 as follows:] 

3.1 Standard Containers 

If mailers are unable to palletize, 

mailings must be prepared in flat trays 

or approved alternate containers. 

[Add a new 3.2 as follows:] 

3.2 Tray Preparation 

Tray and alternate container 

preparation is subject to these 

standards: 

a. Each tray or alternate container 

must bear the correct tray label. 

b. The weight of a tray, or alternate 

container, and its content must not 

exceed 70 pounds. 

[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:] 

4.0 Tray Labels 

4.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise 4.1 as follows:] 

Tray labels are subject to the 

following: 

a. Use 2-inch labels for trays and 

approved alternate containers. 

b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. 

Machine-printed labels (available from 

the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible 

hand-printed labels are acceptable. 

[Revise title and text of the 

introductory sentence of 4.2 as follows:] 

4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray 

Label 

A tray label must meet these 

specifications: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 4.2d as follows:] 

d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 

1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches 

maximum. 

[Renumber current 4.3 through 4.7 as 

the new 4.4 through 4.8 and add a new 

4.3 as follows:] 

4.3 Additional Standards for 

Barcoded Tray Labels 

In addition to 4.2, barcoded tray 

labels must meet the standards in 4.9 

and 708.6.3. 

4.4 Line 1 (Destination Line) 

Line 1 (destination line) must meet 

these standards: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 4.4c as follows:] 

c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit 

trays or approved alternate containers 

for overseas military destinations, Line 

1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’ or 

‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP Codes 

within the ZIP Code prefix range 090– 

098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within the 3- 

digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’ (for 

ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix 

range 962–966), followed by the 

destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail 

in the tray or alternate container. 

4.5 Line 2 (Content Line) 

Line 2 (content line) must meet these 

standards: 

[Revise 4.5a as follows:] 

a. Placement: Line 2 must be the 

second visible line on the label. This 

line must show the class and processing 

category of the mail in the tray or 

alternate container and other 

information as specified by standards. 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 4.9 as follows:] 

4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded 

Tray Labels 

Trays or approved alternate 

containers may bear barcoded tray 

labels. When used, barcoded labels must 

meet these general standards: 

a. Mailers must use the appropriate 

size label as described in 4.1. 

b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels 

must meet the standards in 708.6.0. 

c. All information on barcoded labels 

must be machine-printed. Do not make 

alterations to preprinted barcoded 

labels. 

d. Mailers must insert a barcoded 

label completely into the label holder on 

the tray or alternate container. 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13721 

e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 

708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays 

or alternate containers. 

5.0 Preparing Presorted Flats 

* * * * * 

5.2 Bundling 

5.2.1 Required Bundling 

[Revise the third sentence of 5.2.1 as 

follows:] 

* * * The maximum weight of each 

physical bundle is 20 pounds, except 

that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit 

tray or approved alternate container 

may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds. 

* * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 5.3 and 5.3.1 as 

follows:] 

5.3 Traying 

5.3.1 Required Traying 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

5.3.1as follows:] 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must 

prepare a tray or approved alternate 

container when the quantity of mail for 

a required presort destination reaches 

the minimums specified in 5.3.2. 

Smaller volumes are not permitted 

(except in mixed ADC trays or alternate 

containers). 

[Revise title and text of introductory 

paragraph only of 5.3.2 as follows:] 

5.3.2 Traying and Labeling 

Mailers must segregate trays or 

alternate containers destined within the 

origin/entry SCF under 386.2.1. 

Preparation sequence and labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise item 5.3.2a1 and 5.3.2a2 as 

follows:] 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or 

alternate containers, use L007, Column 

B. For 5-digit trays or alternate 

containers, use city, state, and 5-digit 

ZIP Code on mail (see 4.5 for overseas 

military mail). 

2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or 

alternate containers, ‘‘PSVC FLT 5D SCH 

NBC.’’ For 5-digit trays or alternate 

containers, ‘‘PSVC FLT 5D NBC.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Delete item 5.3.2d in its entirety and 

add new items d through f as follows:] 

d. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NDC NON 

BC.’’ 

e. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC 

WKG.’’ 

f. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC 

WKG.’’ 

[Add a new 5.4 as follows:] 

5.4 Containerization—Flat Tray 

Preparation and Labeling 

For mail prepared in bundles, mailers 

must prepare pallets under 705.8.0 

when minimum volume is available for 

a required pallet level. Mailers who are 

unable to palletize, or mailers of small 

volume mailings, must prepare bundles 

in flat trays or approved alternate 

containers as shown in 5.4a through 

5.4c. Mailers entering mailings at 

acceptance locations specified in 5.4d 

must prepare mailings according to the 

instructions in 5.4d instead of 5.4c. 

Preparation sequence and labeling: 

a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no 

minimum; when making these 

separations, mailers must segregate trays 

under 346.1.3; labeling: 

1. Line 1: Column A, L002. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS 3D NON BC.’’ 

b. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’ 

c. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’ 

d. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NON BC.’’ 

386 Enter and Deposit 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 2.0 as follows:] 

2.0 Presenting a Mailing 

2.1 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays 

Mailers must make all required, and 

may make any optional, origin/entry 3- 

digit and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) 

trays destinating in the service area of 

the SCF serving the Post Office where 

the mail is verified, or the service area 

of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. 

For all such separations, mailpieces 

must be trayed or placed in alternative 

containers under 385.0 and segregated 

from the remainder of the mailing. 

Mailers must segregate the origin/entry 

trays by one of these methods: 

separately containerize the trays; place 

the trays in a conspicuous location on 

top of origin SCF pallet or other 

container; or present them separately to 

acceptance personnel. 

400 Commercial Parcels 

* * * * * 

430 First-Class Mail 

433 Prices and Eligibility 

1.0 Prices and Fees for First-Class 

Mail 

* * * * * 

1.4 Surcharge 

[Revise the introductory sentence of 

1.4 as follows:] 

Unless prepared in 5-digit/scheme 

trays, sacks, or approved alternate 

containers; or paid at the single-piece 

prices, presorted parcels are subject to a 

surcharge if any of the following 

characteristics apply: 

* * * * * 

4.0 Price Eligibility for Presorted 

First-Class Mail Parcels 

4.1 5–Digit Price 

[Revise 4.1 as follows:] 

The 5-digit price applies to presorted 

parcels in a 5-digit/scheme tray, sack or 

approved alternate container containing 

at least 10 pounds of parcels. 

4.2 3–Digit Price 

[Revise 4.2 as follows:] 

The 3-digit price applies to presorted 

parcels in a 3-digit tray or approved 

alternate container containing at least 10 

pounds of parcels. 

4.3 ADC Price 

[Revise 4.3 as follows:] 

The ADC price applies to presorted 

parcels in a 3-digit origin tray or 

approved alternate container (no 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13722 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

minimum), and to parcels in an ADC 

tray or approved alternate container 

containing at least 10 pounds of parcels. 

4.4 Single-Piece Price 

[Revise 4.4 as follows:] 

The single-piece price applies to 

presorted parcels in a mixed ADC tray 

or approved alternate container, with no 

minimum volume requirement. 

* * * * * 

435 Mail Preparation 

1.0 General Information for Mail 

Preparation 

* * * * * 

1.4 Preparation Definitions and 

Instructions 

For purposes of preparing mail: 

* * * * * 

[Resequence current items 1.4c 

through f as the new d through g and 

add a new item c as follows:] 

c. An approved alternate container is 

a container that is authorized by the 

appropriate USPS official, instead of a 

flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling 

and transport of bundled flat-size 

mailpieces or parcels. Alternate 

containers could include sacks, other 

USPS-supplied mail transport 

equipment, or mailer-supplied 

containers. 

[Revise resequenced 1.4d as follows:] 

d. An origin/entry 3-digit tray or 

approved alternate container contains 

all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3- 

digit ZIP Code area processed by the 

SCF in whose service area the mail is 

verified/entered. Mailpieces may be 

optionally separated for each such 3- 

digit area regardless of the volume of 

mail. These separations are optional, but 

mailers making these separations must 

segregate flat trays, approved alternate 

containers or pallets labeled to 

destinations within the origin 3-digit 

area be segregated from the remainder of 

the mailing as described in 436.1.5. 

* * * * * 

[Revise resequenced 1.4g as follows:] 

g. A ‘‘logical’’ presort destination 

represents the total number of pieces in 

a mailing that are eligible for a specific 

presort level based on the required 

sortation, but which might not be 

contained in one container (tray, 

alternate container or pallet) due to 

preparation requirements or the size of 

the individual pieces. 

[Add a new 1.5 as follows:] 

1.5 Required Pallet Preparation 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to 

palletize, mail must be separated and 

placed in properly labeled flat trays or 

approved alternate containers. 

[Revise title of 2.0 as follows:] 

2.0 Trays and Alternate Containers 

[Delete current 2.1, Presort, in its 

entirety, renumber current 2.2 and 2.3 

as the new 2.1 and 2.2, and revise 

renumbered 2.1 as follows:] 

2.1 Standard Containers 

If mailers are unable to palletize, 

mailings must be prepared in flat trays, 

sacks (for 5-digit or 5-digit scheme 

separations), or approved alternate 

containers. A postmaster may authorize 

nonpostal containers for a small-volume 

presorted mailing if the mailing weighs 

no more than 20 pounds, consists 

primarily of mail or bundles of mail for 

local ZIP Codes, and requires no USPS 

transportation for processing. 

[Revise title and text of renumbered 

2.2 as follows:] 

2.2 Tray Preparation 

Tray, alternate container or sack 

preparation is subject to these 

standards: 

a. Each tray, alternate container or 

sack must bear the correct tray label. 

b. The weight of a tray, alternate 

container or sack, and its content must 

not exceed 70 pounds. 

[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:] 

3.0 Tray Labels 

3.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise 3.1 as follows:] 

Tray labels are subject to the 

following: 

a. Use 2-inch tray labels for trays, 

approved alternate containers and sacks. 

b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. 

Machine-printed labels (available from 

the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible 

hand-printed labels are acceptable. 

c. Barcoded tray labels are subject to 

3.9 and 708.6.0. 

[Renumber 3.2 through 3.7 as the new 

3.3 through 3.8 and add a new 3.2 as 

follows:] 

3.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray 

Label 

A tray label must meet these 

specifications: 

a. Color: white or manila. 

b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock 

(required for mailings of automationcompatible flats, optional for others). 

c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 

inches minimum; 3.515 inches 

maximum. 

d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 

1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches 

maximum. 

3.3 Line 1 (Destination Line) 

Line 1 (destination line) must meet 

these standards: 

* * * * * 

[Revise renumbered 3.3c as follows:] 

c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit 

trays, approved alternate containers or 

sacks for overseas military destinations, 

Line 1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’ 

or ‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP 

Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 

090–098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within 

the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’ 

(for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code 

prefix range 962–966), followed by the 

destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail 

in the tray, alternate container or sack. 

3.4 Line 2 (Content Line) 

Line 2 (content line) must meet these 

standards: 

[Revise renumbered 3.4a and b as 

follows:] 

a. Placement: Line 2 must be the 

second visible line on the label. This 

line must show the class and processing 

category of the mail in the tray, alternate 

container or sack and other information 

as specified by standards. 

b. Codes: The codes shown below 

must be used as appropriate on Line 2 

of tray labels. 

* * * * * 

3.5 Line 3 (Origin Line) 

[Revise the first sentence of 

renumbered 3.5 as follows:] 

Line 3 (origin line showing office of 

mailing or mailer information) must be 

the bottom line of required information 

unless the tray, alternate container or 

sack contains mail manifested using the 

Electronic Verification System (eVS) 

under 705.2.9. * * * 

3.6 Electronic Verification System 

[Revise renumbered 3.6 as follows:] 

All trays, alternate containers or sacks 

containing parcels prepared and 

identified using the Electronic 

Verification System (eVS) under 705.2.9 

must show ‘‘eVS’’ (or the alternatives 

‘‘EVS’’ or ‘‘E–VS’’) directly below Line 3 

using the same size and lettering used 

for Line 3. As an option, ‘‘eVS’’ may be 

placed as the first element on Line 3. 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 3.9 as follows:] 

3.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded 

Tray Labels 

Trays, approved alternate containers 

or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels. 

When used, barcoded labels must meet 

these general standards: 

a. Mailers must use the appropriate 

size label as described in 3.1. 

b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels 

must meet the standards in 708.6.0. 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13723 

c. All information on barcoded labels 

must be machine-printed. Do not make 

alterations to preprinted barcoded 

labels. 

d. Mailers must insert a barcoded 

label completely into the label holder on 

the tray or alternate container. 

e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 

708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays 

or alternate containers. 

4.0 Preparing Presorted Parcels 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of the 

introductory paragraph only of 4.4 as 

follows:] 

4.4 Containerization and Labeling 

Mailers must segregate trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks 

destined within the origin/entry SCF as 

described in 436.1.5. Preparation 

sequence and labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 4.4a1 and 4.4a2 as follows:] 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

alternate containers or sacks use L606, 

Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate 

containers or sacks use city, state, and 

5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 3.2c for 

overseas military mail). 

2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘FCM 

PARCELS 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘FCM 

PARCELS 5D.’’ 

* * * * * 

436 Enter and Deposit 

1.0 Deposit 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.0 by adding a new 1.5 as 

follows:] 

1.5 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays 

Mailers must make all required, and 

may make any optional, origin/entry 3- 

digit and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) 

trays destinating in the service area of 

the SCF serving the Post Office where 

the mail is verified, or the service area 

of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. 

For all such separations, mailpieces 

must be trayed or placed in alternative 

containers under 435.4 and segregated 

from the remainder of the mailing. 

Mailers must segregate the origin/entry 

trays by one of these methods: 

separately containerize the trays; place 

the trays in a conspicuous location on 

top of origin SCF pallet or other 

container; or present them separately to 

acceptance personnel. 

* * * * * 

440 Standard Mail 

443 Prices and Eligibility 

* * * * * 

3.0 Basic Standards for Standard Mail 

Parcels 

* * * * * 

3.3 Additional Basic Standards for 

Standard Mail 

Each Standard Mail mailing is subject 

to these general standards: 

[Revise 3.3a as follows:] 

a. All pieces in a mailing must be of 

the same processing category, except 

that irregular and machinable parcels 

may be combined in 5-digit scheme and 

5-digit trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme 

and 5-digit pallets. 

* * * * * 

5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards 

for Presorted Standard Mail Pieces 

* * * * * 

5.2 Price Application 

[Revise the last sentence in 5.2 as 

follows:] 

* * * For example, when there are 10 

pounds of combined machinable 

parcels, irregular parcels, and Not FlatMachinable pieces in a 5-digit tray, 

approved alternate container or sack, all 

pieces are eligible for the 5-digit prices. 

5.3 Prices for Machinable Parcels 

5.3.1 5-Digit Price 

The 5-digit price applies to qualifying 

machinable parcels that are 

dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when 

claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU 

and presented: 

[Revise 5.3.1a as follows:] 

a. In a 5-digit/scheme (L606) tray, 

approved alternate container or sack 

containing at least 10 pounds of pieces. 

* * * * * 

5.3.2 NDC Price 

The NDC price applies to qualifying 

machinable parcels as follows under 

either of the following conditions: 

a. When dropshipped to an ASF or 

NDC and presented: 

[Revise 5.3.2a1 as follows:] 

1. In an ASF or NDC tray or approved 

alternate container containing at least 10 

pounds of parcels, or 

* * * * * 

5.3.3 Mixed NDC Price 

[Revise 5.3.3 as follows:] 

The mixed NDC price applies to 

machinable parcels that are not eligible 

for 5-digit or NDC prices. Place 

machinable parcels at mixed NDC prices 

in origin NDC trays or approved 

alternate containers or on origin NDC 

pallets, then in mixed NDC trays or 

approved alternate containers, or on 

mixed NDC pallets. See 445.5.3.2 and 

705.8.10. 

5.4 Prices for Irregular Parcels and Not 

Flat-Machinable (NFM) Pieces 

5.4.1 5-Digit Price 

The 5-digit price applies to irregular 

parcels and NFMs that are dropshipped 

to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming 

DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU and 

presented: 

[Revise 5.4.1a as follows:] 

a. In a 5-digit/scheme (L606) tray, 

approved alternate container or sack 

containing at least 10 pounds of pieces. 

* * * * * 

5.4.2 SCF Price 

The SCF price applies to irregular 

parcels or NFMs that are dropshipped 

and presented to a DSCF or DNDC: 

[Revise 5.4.2a as follows:] 

a. In an SCF tray or approved 

alternate container containing at least 10 

pounds of parcels. 

* * * * * 

5.4.3 NDC Price 

The NDC price applies to qualifying 

irregular parcels or NFMs as follows 

under either of the following conditions: 

a. When dropshipped to an ASF or 

NDC and presented: 

[Revise 5.4.3a1 as follows:] 

1. In an ASF or NDC tray or approved 

alternate container containing at least 10 

pounds of parcels, or 

* * * * * 

5.4.4 Mixed NDC Price 

[Revise the last sentence of 5.4.4 as 

follows:] 

* * * Place irregular parcels or NFMs 

at mixed NDC prices in origin NDC or 

mixed NDC trays or approved alternate 

containers under 445.5.4.4 or on origin 

NDC or mixed NDC pallets under 

705.8.10. 

6.0 Additional Eligibility Standards 

for Enhanced Carrier Route Standard 

Mail Parcels 

* * * * * 

6.3 Basic Price Enhanced Carrier 

Route Standards 

* * * * * 

6.3.2 Basic Price Discount for 

Irregular Parcels 

[Revise 6.3.2 as follows:] 

Basic prices apply to each piece in a 

carrier route or 5-digit carrier routes 

tray, approved alternate container or 

sack containing at least 125 pieces or 15 

pounds of pieces. DALs must be in 

carrier route bundles of 10 or more 

pieces and prepared under 602.4.0. 

6.4 High Density Enhanced Carrier 

Route Standards 

* * * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13724 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

6.4.2 High Density Price Discount for 

Irregular Parcels 

[Revise 6.4.2 as follows:] 

High density prices apply to each 

piece in a carrier route or 5-digit carrier 

routes tray, approved alternate container 

or sack containing at least 125 pieces or 

15 pounds of pieces. DALs must be in 

carrier route bundles of 10 or more 

pieces and prepared under 602.4.0. 

6.5 Saturation Enhanced Carrier 

Route Standards 

* * * * * 

6.5.2 Saturation Price Discount for 

Irregular Parcels 

[Revise the first two sentences of 6.5.2 

as follows:] 

Saturation prices apply to each piece 

in a carrier route, or 5-digit carrier 

routes tray, approved alternate container 

or sack containing at least 125 pieces or 

15 pounds of pieces. * * * 

* * * * * 

445 Mail Preparation 

1.0 General Information for Mail 

Preparation 

* * * * * 

1.3 Terms for Presort Levels 

Terms used for presort levels are 

defined as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.3c as follows:] 

c. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays, 

alternate containers and sacks) for 

Standard Mail parcels: The ZIP Code in 

the delivery address on all pieces begins 

with one of the 5-digit ZIP Codes in a 

single scheme, as shown in L606. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.3g as follows:] 

g. Origin/entry SCF: The separation 

includes bundles or pieces for one or 

more 3-digit areas served by the same 

sectional center facility (SCF) (see L005) 

in whose service area the mail is 

verified/entered. Mailpieces may be 

optionally separated for each such 3- 

digit area regardless of the volume of 

mail. Mailers making these separations 

must segregate flat trays, approved 

alternate containers or pallets labeled to 

destinations within the origin SCF area 

from the remainder of the mailing as 

described in 446.1.3. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the first sentence of 1.3l as 

follows:] 

l. Residual pieces/bundles/trays/ 

alternate containers contain material 

remaining after completion of a presort 

sequence. * * * 

1.4 Preparation Definitions and 

Instructions 

For purposes of preparing mail: 

* * * * * 

[Resequence items 1.4b through j as 

the new c through k and add a new item 

b as follows:] 

b. An approved alternate container is 

a container that is authorized by the 

appropriate USPS official, instead of a 

flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling 

and transport of bundled flat-size 

mailpieces or parcels. Alternate 

containers could include sacks, other 

USPS-supplied mail transport 

equipment, or mailer-supplied 

containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise resequenced 1.4d as follows:] 

d. A 5-digit/scheme sort for Standard 

Mail parcels yields 5-digit scheme trays, 

approved alternate containers, sacks or 

pallets for 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in 

L606 and 5-digit trays, alternate 

containers, sacks or pallets for other ZIP 

Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each 

scheme are treated as one presort 

destination subject to a single minimum 

volume (if required). Trays, alternate 

containers, sacks or pallets prepared for 

a 5-digit scheme destination that 

contain pieces for only one of the 

schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are 

considered 5-digit scheme sorted. 

* * * * * 

[Revise resequenced 1.4f as follows:] 

f. The required at [quantity] 

instruction means that the particular 

unit must be prepared for the 

corresponding presort level whenever 

the specified quantity of mail is reached 

or exceeded, up to the maximum size or 

weight. 

[Revise resequenced 1.4g as follows:] 

g. The optional at [quantity] 

instruction means that the particular 

unit may be prepared for the 

corresponding presort level whenever 

the specified quantity is reached or 

exceeded, up to the maximum size or 

weight. 

* * * * * 

[Revise resequenced item k as 

follows:] 

k. A ‘‘logical’’ presort destination 

represents the total number of pieces 

that are eligible for a specific presort 

level based on the required sortation, 

but which might not be contained in 

one bundle or in one container due to 

preparation requirements or the size of 

the individual pieces. For example, 

there may be 42 mailpieces for ZIP Code 

43112 forming a ‘‘logical’’ 5-digit bundle, 

and the pieces are prepared in three 

physical 5-digit bundles. 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 1.5 as follows:] 

1.5 Required Pallet Preparation 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to 

palletize, mail must be separated and 

placed in flat trays or approved alternate 

containers. 

2.0 Bundles 

* * * * * 

2.2 Address Visibility 

* * * This standard does not apply to 

the following: 

[Revise items 2.2a and b as follows:] 

a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 

5-digit scheme (L001) trays, approved 

alternate containers, sacks or pallets. 

b. Bundles placed in carrier route and 

5-digit carrier routes trays or approved 

alternate containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the title and text of the 

introductory sentence of 2.6 as follows:] 

2.6 Preparing Bundles in Trays or 

Sacks 

In addition to the standards in 2.5, 

mailers must prepare and secure 

bundles placed in trays, approved 

alternate containers or sacks as follows: 

* * * * * 

2.7 Pieces With Simplified Address 

[Revise the last sentence of 2.7 as 

follows:] 

* * * Bundles must be secure and 

stable subject to weight limits in 705.8.0 

if placed on pallets, and weight and 

height limits in 2.6 if placed in trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:] 

3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers 

3.1 Standard Containers 

[Revise the first sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 3.1 as 

follows:] 

If mailers are unable to palletize, 

mailings must be prepared in flat trays 

or approved alternate containers, except 

that 5-digit, 5-digit scheme, carrier route 

and 5-digit carrier route separations may 

be prepared in sacks. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of 3.2 as follows:] 

3.2 Tray Preparation 

Tray and alternate container 

preparation is subject to these 

standards: 

a. Each tray or alternate container 

must bear the correct tray label. 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13725 

b. The weight of a tray, or alternate 

container, and its content must not 

exceed 70 pounds. 

[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:] 

4.0 Tray Labels 

4.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise 4.1 as follows:] 

Tray labels are subject to the 

following: 

a. Barcoded tray labels are subject to 

4.9 and 708.6.5. 

b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. 

Machine-printed labels (available from 

the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible 

hand-printed labels are acceptable. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 4.2 as follows:] 

4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray 

Label 

[Revise 4.2 as follows:] 

A tray label must meet these 

specifications: 

a. Color: White or manila. 

b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock 

(required for mailings of automationcompatible flats, optional for others). 

c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 

inches minimum; 3.515 inches 

maximum. 

d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 

1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches 

maximum. 

4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line) 

Line 1 (destination line) must meet 

these standards: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 4.3c as follows:] 

c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit 

trays, approved alternate containers or 

sacks for overseas military destinations, 

Line 1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’ 

or ‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP 

Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 

090–098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within 

the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’ 

(for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code 

prefix range 962–966), followed by the 

destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail 

in the tray, alternate container or sack. 

4.4 Line 2 (Content Line) 

Line 2 (content line) must meet these 

standards: 

[Revise 4.4a as follows:] 

a. Placement: Line 2 must be the 

second visible line on the label. This 

line must show the class and processing 

category of the mail in the tray, alternate 

container or sack, and other information 

as specified by standards. 

[Revise the introductory sentence of 

4.4b as follows:] 

b. Codes: The codes shown below 

must be used as appropriate on Line 2 

of tray labels: 

* * * * * 

4.5 Line 3 (Origin Line) 

[Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as 

follows:] 

Line 3 (origin line showing office of 

mailing or mailer information) must be 

the bottom line of required information 

unless the tray, alternate container or 

sack contains mail manifested using the 

Electronic Verification System (eVS) 

under 705.2.9. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 4.9 as follows:] 

4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded 

Tray Labels 

Trays, approved alternate containers 

or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels. 

When used, barcoded labels must meet 

these general standards: 

a. Mailers must use the appropriate 

size label as described in 3.1. 

b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels 

must meet the standards in 708.6.0. 

c. All information on barcoded labels 

must be machine-printed. Do not make 

alterations to preprinted barcoded 

labels. 

d. Mailers must insert a barcoded 

label completely into the label holder on 

the tray or alternate container. 

e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 

708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays 

or alternate containers. 

5.0 Preparing Presorted Parcels 

* * * * * 

5.3 Preparing Machinable Parcels 

[Revise title and text of 5.3.1 as 

follows:] 

5.3.1 Containerization 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers may 

prepare 5-digit trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks only for parcels that 

will be dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF 

when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or 

DDU. Mailers may prepare ASF or NDC 

trays or alternate containers only for 

parcels that will be dropshipped to a 

DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC 

prices). There is no minimum for 

parcels prepared in 5-digit/scheme 

trays, alternate containers or sacks 

entered at a DDU. Mailers choosing to 

combine the preparation of either 

irregular parcels or any Not FlatMachinable pieces with machinable 

parcels placed in 5-digit/scheme trays, 

alternate containers or sacks must 

prepare those containers or sacks under 

5.3.2a. 

[Revise title of 5.3.2 and text of the 

introductory sentence as follows:] 

5.3.2 Containerization and Labeling 

Preparation sequence and labeling: 

[Revise 5.3.2a as follows:] 

a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but 

required for 5-digit price), sacking 

allowed, see definition in 1.4c; allowed 

only for mail deposited at DNDC (or 

ASF when claiming DNDC prices), 

DSCF, or DDU. Trays, approved 

alternate containers or sacks must 

contain a 10-pound minimum except at 

DDU which has no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

containers or sacks, use L606, Column 

B. For 5-digit trays, containers or sacks, 

use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code 

destination on pieces (see 4.0 for 

overseas military mail). 

2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

containers or sacks, ‘‘STD MACH 5D 

SCH.’’ For 5-digit trays, containers or 

sacks, ‘‘STD MACH 5D.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Delete 5.3.2e in its entirety and add 

new items 5.3.2e and f as follows:] 

e. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH WKG.’’ 

f. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH WKG.’’ 

5.4 Preparing Irregular Parcels 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of 5.4.2 as 

follows:] 

5.4.2 Containerization 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers may 

prepare 5-digit trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks only for parcels that 

will be dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF 

when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or 

DDU. See 5.4.4 for restrictions on SCF, 

ASF, and NDC trays or alternate 

containers. Mailers must prepare a tray, 

alternate container or sack when the 

quantity of mail for a required presort 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13726 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

destination reaches 10 pounds of pieces. 

There is no minimum for parcels 

prepared in 5-digit/scheme trays, 

alternate containers or sacks entered at 

a DDU. Mailers choosing to combine 

irregular parcels with machinable 

parcels and NFMs in 5-digit/scheme 

trays, alternate containers or sacks must 

prepare the mailing under 5.3.2. Mailers 

may combine irregular and machinable 

parcels to other presort levels. Mailers 

may combine irregular parcels with 

NFMs weighing less than 6 ounces in 

trays, alternate containers or sacks 

under 5.4.4. 

5.4.3 Drop Shipment 

[Revise 5.4.3 as follows:] 

A mailer using Priority Mail or 

Express Mail to drop ship Standard Mail 

irregular parcels may prepare containers 

or sacks containing fewer than 125 

pieces or less than 15 pounds of mail. 

[Revise title and text of the 

introductory paragraph only of 5.4.4 as 

follows:] 

5.4.4 Containerization and Labeling 

Mailers must segregate trays, alternate 

containers or sacks destined within the 

origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as 

described in 446.1.3. Preparation 

sequence and labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 5.4.4a1 and 5.4.4a2 as 

follows:] 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, use L606, 

Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate 

containers or sacks, use city, state, and 

5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces 

(see 4.0 for overseas military mail). 

2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘STD 

IRREG 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘STD 

IRREG 5D.’’ 

[Renumber current items 5.4.4b 

through f as the new 5.4.4c through g 

and add a new b as follows:] 

b. Origin SCF, optional; no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. For Line 1, L002, Column C. 

2. For Line 2, ‘‘STD IRREG SCF.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Delete renumbered 5.4.4g in its 

entirety and add new items g and h as 

follows:] 

g. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD IRREG WKG.’’ 

h. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD IRREG WKG.’’ 

* * * * * 

6.0 Preparing Not Flat-Machinable 

Pieces 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 6.3 as follows:] 

6.3 Containerization and Labeling 

[Revise title and text of 6.3.1 as 

follows:] 

6.3.1 Containerization 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers may 

prepare 5-digit trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks only for NFMs that 

will be dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF 

when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or 

DDU. See 6.3.2 and 6.3.3 for restrictions 

on SCF, ASF, and NDC trays or 

containers. 

6.3.2 NFM Pieces Weighing Less Than 

6 Ounces 

[Revise the introductory paragraph 

only of 6.3.2 as follows:] 

Mailers must segregate trays, alternate 

containers or sacks destined within the 

origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as 

described in 446.1.3. Preparation 

sequence and labeling of NFM pieces 

weighing less than 6 ounces: 

[Revise 6.3.2a as follows:] 

a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but 

required for 5-digit price), sacking 

allowed; see definition in 1.4c; allowed 

only for mail deposited at DNDC (or 

ASF when claiming DNDC prices), 

DSCF, or DDU. Trays, approved 

alternate containers or sacks must 

contain a 10-pound minimum except at 

DDU entry (which has no minimum); 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, use L606, 

Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate 

containers or sacks, use city, state, and 

5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces 

(see 4.0 for overseas military mail). 

2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘STD NFM 

5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit trays, alternate 

containers or sacks, ‘‘STD NFM 5D.’’ 

[Renumber current 6.3.2b through f as 

the new 6.3.2c through g and add a new 

6.3.2b as follows:] 

b. Origin SCF (optional); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. For Line 1, L002, Column C. 

2. For Line 2, ‘‘STD NFM SCF.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Delete renumbered 6.3.2g in its 

entirety and add a new 6.3.2 g and h as 

follows:] 

g. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM WKG.’’ 

h. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM WKG.’’ 

6.3.3 NFM Pieces Weighing 6 Ounces 

or More 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

6.3.3 as follows:] 

Preparation sequence and labeling for 

trays, alternate containers or sacks of 

NFM pieces that weigh 6 ounces or 

more: 

[Revise 6.3.3a as follows:] 

a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but 

required for 5-digit price), sacking 

allowed; see definition in 1.4c; allowed 

only for mail deposited at DNDC (or 

ASF when claiming DNDC prices), 

DSCF, or DDU. Trays, alternate 

containers or sacks must contain a 

10-pound minimum except at DDU 

entry (which has no minimum); 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, use L606, 

Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate 

containers or sacks, use city, state, and 

5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces 

(see 4.0 for overseas military mail). 

2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘STD NFM 

MACH 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘STD NFM 

MACH 5D.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Delete 6.3.3e in its entirety and add 

new 6.3.3e and f as follows:] 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13727 

e. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM WKG.’’ 

f. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM WKG.’’ 

7.0 Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route 

Parcels 

* * * * * 

7.4 Bundling 

7.4.1 Carrier Route Bundle 

Preparation 

Prepare carrier route bundles of 

parcels as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 7.4.1c as follows:] 

c. The method of labeling a carrier 

route bundle is based on the following 

tray, sack or alternate container levels: 

1. Carrier route tray, sack or alternate 

container: No bundle labeling is 

required. 

2. 5-digit scheme or 5-digit carrier 

routes trays, sacks or alternate 

containers: Bundles must have a facing 

slip unless the pieces in the bundle 

have a carrier information line or an 

optional endorsement line (OEL). 

7.4.2 Bundles and Sacks With Fewer 

Than the Minimum Number of Pieces 

Required 

[Revise 7.4.2 as follows:] 

As a general exception to 7.4.1, a 

mailer may prepare a bundle with fewer 

than 10 pieces and a less-than-full tray 

or alternate container with fewer than 

125 pieces and less than 15 pounds of 

pieces to a carrier route when claiming 

the saturation price for the contents and 

the density standard is met. 

7.5 Preparing Irregular Parcels 

[Revise title of 7.5.1 and text of the 

introductory sentence as follows:] 

7.5.1 Container Minimums 

A tray, sack or approved alternate 

container must be prepared when the 

quantity of mail for a required presort 

destination reaches either 125 pieces or 

15 pounds of pieces subject to these 

conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 7.5.1b as follows:] 

b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, 

mailers must either use the minimum 

that applies to the average piece weight 

for the entire mailing (divide the net 

weight of the mailing by the number of 

pieces; the resulting average singlepiece weight determines whether the 

125-piece or 15-pound minimum 

applies) or tray (sacking or use of 

alternate containers allowed) by the 

actual piece count or mail weight for 

each tray, sack or container, if 

documentation shows the number of 

pieces and their total weight of the 

pieces in each tray or container. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of the 

introductory paragraph of 7.5.2 only as 

follows:] 

7.5.2 Containerization and Labeling 

Mailers must segregate trays or 

alternate containers destined within the 

origin/entry SCF as described in 

446.1.3. Preparation sequence and 

labeling: 

* * * * * 

446 Enter and Deposit 

1.0 Presenting a Mailing 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 1.3 as follows:] 

1.3 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays 

Mailers must make all required, and 

may make any optional, separations 

containing irregular parcels destinating 

in the service area of the SCF serving 

the Post Office where the mail is 

verified, or the service area of the SCF/ 

plant where mail is entered. For all such 

separations, mailpieces must be trayed 

or placed in alternative containers 

under 445.0 and segregated from the 

remainder of the mailing. Mailers must 

segregate the origin/entry trays by one of 

these methods: Separately containerize 

the trays; place the trays in a 

conspicuous location on top of origin 

SCF pallet or other container; or present 

them separately to acceptance 

personnel. 

* * * * * 

3.0 Destination Network Distribution 

Center (DNDC) Entry 

* * * * * 

3.3 Additional Standards for 

Machinable Parcels 

[Delete the introductory sentence of 

3.3 and 3.3b in their entirety. Use the 

text of 3.3a as the complete 3.3, and 

revise the second sentence as follows:] 

* * * Machinable parcels palletized, 

trayed, sacked or placed in approved 

alternate containers may be sorted to 

destination NDCs or to destination 

NDCs and ASFs. * * * 

* * * * * 

4.0 Destination Sectional Center 

Facility (DSCF) Entry 

* * * * * 

4.2 Eligibility 

Pieces in a mailing that meets the 

standards in 2.0 and 4.0 are eligible for 

the DSCF price, as follows: 

[Revise items 4.2a and b as follows:] 

a. When deposited at a DSCF (or 

USPS-designated facility), addressed for 

delivery within that facility’s service 

area, and placed in a tray or approved 

alternate container, or on a pallet, that 

is labeled to that DSCF or to a postal 

facility within its service area. 

b. When prepared in 5-digit bundles 

and placed on a 5-digit pallet or in a 5- 

digit scheme or 5-digit tray, alternate 

container or sack that is deposited at the 

destination delivery unit as defined in 

5.1. 

* * * * * 

5.0 Destination Delivery Unit (DDU) 

Entry 

* * * * * 

5.2 Eligibility 

Pieces in a mailing that meets the 

standards in 2.0 and 5.0 are eligible for 

the DDU price when deposited at a 

DDU, addressed for delivery within that 

facility’s service area, and prepared as 

follows: 

[Revise item 5.2a as follows:] 

a. Irregular parcels in carrier route 

bundles sorted to carrier route trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

and otherwise eligible for and claimed 

at a carrier route price. 

* * * * * 

450 Parcel Select 

453 Prices and Eligibility 

* * * * * 

3.0 Price Eligibility for Parcel Select 

3.1 Destination Entry Price Eligibility 

* * * * * 

3.1.2 Basic Standards 

For Parcel Select destination entry, 

pieces must meet the applicable 

standards in 455.4.0 and the following 

criteria: 

[Revise 3.1.2a as follows:] 

a. Pieces may be bedloaded on pallets, 

in pallet boxes on pallets, in flat trays, 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13728 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

approved alternate containers or sacks 

as specified in 456.2.1 through 456.2.16, 

depending on the facility at which the 

pieces are deposited. 

* * * * * 

3.1.3 DNDC Prices 

For DNDC prices, pieces must meet 

the applicable standards in 3.0 and the 

following: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 3.1.3d as follows:] 

d. Pieces must be within a ZIP Code 

eligible for DNDC prices under Exhibit 

3.1.3 and must be prepared according to 

455.4.0 and 705.8.0. Mail meeting the 

additional criteria in 456.2.15 or 

456.2.16 may be deposited at an SCF. 

* * * * * 

455 Mail Preparation 

1.0 General Information for Mail 

Preparation 

1.1 Basic Standards 

All mailings at Parcel Select prices are 

subject to these general standards: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.1b as follows:] 

b. All pieces must be prepared on 

pallets when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to 

palletize, mail must be separated and 

placed in flat trays or approved alternate 

containers. 

* * * * * 

1.4 Terms for Presort Level 

Terms used for presort levels are 

defined as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.4b as follows:] 

b. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays, 

approved alternate containers and 

sacks): The ZIP Code in the delivery 

address on all pieces begins with one of 

the 5-digit ZIP Code in a single scheme, 

as shown in L606. 

* * * * * 

1.5 Preparation Definitions and 

Instructions 

For purposes of preparing mail: 

* * * * * 

[Resequence items 1.5 b through i as 

the new 1.5c through j and add a new 

1.5b as follows:] 

b. An approved alternate container is 

a container that is authorized by the 

appropriate USPS official, instead of a 

flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling 

and transport of bundled flat-size 

mailpieces or parcels. Alternate 

containers could include sacks, other 

USPS-supplied mail transport 

equipment, or mailer-supplied 

containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise resequenced 1.5d as follows:] 

d. A 5-digit scheme sort for parcels 

yields 5-digit scheme pallets, trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks 

for those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in 

L606, and 5-digit pallets, trays, alternate 

containers or sacks for other ZIP Codes. 

The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each scheme 

are treated as one presort destination 

subject to a single minimum volume. 

Pallets, trays, alternate containers or 

sacks prepared for a 5-digit scheme 

destination that contain pieces for only 

one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes 

are considered 5-digit scheme sorted. 

The 5-digit scheme sort is always 

optional, including when 5-digit 

sortation is required for price eligibility 

and need not be used for all possible 5- 

digit scheme sorts. 

* * * * * 

[Revise resequenced 1.5h as follows:] 

h. An overflow container for Parcel 

Select DSCF mail is a 5-digit scheme or 

5-digit tray, approved alternate 

container or sack prepared with fewer 

than seven pieces after all other 

required trays, alternate containers or 

sacks for that same 5-digit scheme or 5- 

digit ZIP Code area are prepared under 

4.2. If all of the mail is trayed, 

containerized or sacked under 4.0, only 

one overflow container is permitted for 

each 5-digit scheme or 5-digit ZIP Code. 

If a mailing is prepared on pallets, 

remaining Parcel Select pieces mail may 

be prepared in one or more 5-digit 

scheme or 5-digit overflow containers 

only after one or more 5-digit scheme or 

5-digit pallets are prepared to meet the 

minimum pallet requirement in 705.8.0. 

Pieces in overflow containers qualify for 

the Parcel Select DSCF prices. 

* * * * * 

1.6 Separation 

[Revise the last sentence of 1.6 as 

follows:] 

* * * If DSCF trays or approved 

alternate containers prepared under 

4.2.3 are included in the same mailing 

as DSCF pallets prepared under 

705.8.20.1e., then at the time of 

acceptance the mailer must separate the 

trays or alternate containers that are 

overflow from palletized mail from 

those trays or alternate containers 

prepared under 4.2. 

* * * * * 

[Renumber current items 1.7 and 1.8 

as the new 1.8 and 1.9, and add a new 

1.7 as follows:] 

1.7 Required Pallet Preparation 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to 

palletize, mail must be separated and 

placed in flat trays or approved alternate 

containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 2.0 as follows:] 

2.0 Trays and Alternate Containers 

[Renumber current 2.1 as the new 2.2 

and add a new 2.1 as follows:] 

2.1 Standard Containers 

If mailers are unable to palletize, 

mailings must be prepared in flat trays 

or approved alternate containers, except 

that 5-digit and 5-digit scheme 

separations may be prepared in sacks. 

[Revise title and text of renumbered 

2.2 as follows:] 

2.2 Tray Preparation 

All tray, approved alternate container 

and sack preparation is subject to these 

standards: 

a. Each tray, alternate container or 

sack must bear the correct tray label. 

b. The weight of a tray, alternate 

container or sack, and its contents, must 

not exceed 70 pounds. 

[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:] 

3.0 Tray Labels 

3.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise 3.1 as follows:] 

Tray labels are subject to the 

following: 

a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed 

in flat trays or approved alternate 

containers are subject to 3.9 and 708.6.0. 

b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. 

Machine-printed labels (available from 

the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible 

hand-printed labels are acceptable. 

[Revise title of 3.2 as follows:] 

3.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray 

Label 

[Revise 3.2 as follows:] 

A tray label must meet these 

specifications: 

a. Color: White or manila. 

b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock 

(required for mailings of automationcompatible flats, optional for others). 

c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 

inches minimum; 3.515 inches 

maximum. 

d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 

1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches 

maximum. 

3.3 Line 1 (Destination Line) 

Line 1 (destination line) must meet 

these standards: 

* * * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13729 

[Revise 3.3c as follows:] 

c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit 

trays, approved alternate containers or 

sacks for overseas military destinations, 

Line 1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’ 

or ‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP 

Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 

090–098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within 

the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’ 

(for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code 

prefix range 962–966), followed by the 

destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail 

in the tray, alternate container or sack. 

3.4 Line 2 (Content Line) 

Line 2 (content line) must meet these 

standards: 

[Revise items 3.4a and b as follows:] 

a. Placement: Line 2 must be the 

second visible line on the label. This 

line must show the class and processing 

category of the mail in the tray, alternate 

container or sack, and other information 

as specified by standards. 

b. Codes: The codes shown below 

must be used as appropriate on Line 2 

of tray labels. 

* * * * * 

3.5 Line 3 (Origin Line) 

[Revise the first sentence of 3.5 as 

follows:] 

Line 3 (origin line showing office of 

mailing or mailer information) must be 

the bottom line of required information 

unless the tray, approved alternate 

container or sack contains mail 

manifested using the Electronic 

Verification System (eVS) (see 4.6 for 

eVS labeling information). * * * 

3.6 Electronic Verification System 

[Revise the first sentence of 3.6 as 

follows:] 

All trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks containing parcels 

prepared and identified using the 

Electronic Verification System (eVS) 

under 705.2.9 must show ‘‘eVS’’ (or the 

alternatives ‘‘EVS’’ or ‘‘E–VS’’) directly 

below Line 3 using the same size and 

lettering used for Line 3. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 3.9 as follows:] 

3.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded 

Tray Labels 

Trays, approved alternate containers 

or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels. 

When used, barcoded labels must meet 

these general standards: 

a. Mailers must use the appropriate 

size label as described in 3.1. 

b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels 

must meet the standards in 708.6.0. 

c. All information on barcoded labels 

must be machine-printed. Do not make 

alterations to preprinted barcoded 

labels. 

d. Mailers must insert a barcoded 

label completely into the label holder on 

the tray or alternate container. 

e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 

708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays 

or alternate containers. 

4.0 Preparing Destination Entry Parcel 

Select 

4.1 Preparing Destination Delivery 

Unit (DDU) Parcel Select 

* * * * * 

4.1.2 Basic Standards 

Pieces must meet the applicable 

standards in 4.0 and the following 

criteria: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the first sentence of 4.1.2c as 

follows:] 

c. If the delivery unit serves more 

than one 5-digit ZIP Code, the pieces 

must be separated by 5-digit ZIP Code 

when unloaded, unless prepared as 

optional 5-digit scheme trays, approved 

alternate containers, sacks or 

pallets. * * * 

[Revise title of 4.1.3 and text of the 

introductory paragraph as follows:] 

4.1.3 Containerization and Labeling 

There are no minimum traying, 

containerization, sacking or pallet 

preparation standards. DDU pieces may 

be bedloaded, trayed, placed in 

approved alternate containers, sacked, 

placed directly on pallets or placed in 

pallet boxes. Machinable and 

nonmachinable pieces may be combined 

in the same tray, alternate container or 

sack, or on the same pallet (including 

pallet boxes). Trayed, containerized and 

sacked mail must be labeled as follows: 

* * * * * 

4.2 Preparing Destination SCF (DSCF) 

Parcel Select 

* * * * * 

4.2.2 Basic Standards 

Pieces must meet the applicable 

standards in 4.0 and the following 

criteria: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the first sentence of 4.2.2c as 

follows:] 

c. Sorted to optional 5-digit scheme 

destinations under L606, Column B, and 

5-digit destinations, either in trays, 

approved alternate containers, sacks or 

directly on pallets or in pallet boxes. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of 4.2.3 as 

follows:] 

4.2.3 Containerization and Labeling 

Containerization requirements for 

DSCF entry: 

a. Only 5-digit scheme and 5-digit 

trays, approved alternate containers or 

sacks are permitted. 

b. Each 5-digit scheme and 5-digit 

tray, alternate container or sack must 

contain a minimum of seven pieces. 

Machinable and nonmachinable pieces 

may be combined in the same tray, 

alternate container or sack to meet this 

requirement. One overflow tray, 

alternate container or sack per 5-digit 

ZIP Code is permitted (no piece 

minimum). 

c. 5-digit scheme tray, alternate 

container or sack labeling: Line 1, use 

L606, Column B; for Line 2, ‘‘PSVC 

PARCELS 5D SCH.’’ 

d. 5-digit tray, alternate container or 

sack labeling: Line 1, use city, state, and 

5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 3.3 for 

overseas military mail); for Line 2, 

‘‘PSVC PARCELS 5D.’’ 

e. 3-digit nonmachinable tray or 

alternate container labeling: Line 1, use 

L002, Column A; for Line 2, ‘‘PSVC 

IRREG 3D.’’ 

f. See 705.8.0 for option to place 5- 

digit scheme and 5-digit DSCF trays, 

alternate containers or sacks and 3-digit 

nonmachinable trays or alternate 

containers on an SCF pallet. 

4.3 Preparing Destination NDC 

(DNDC) Parcel Select 

* * * * * 

4.3.2 Basic Standards 

Pieces must meet the applicable 

standards in 4.0 and the following 

criteria: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the first sentence of 4.3.2e as 

follows:] 

e. Pieces must be within a ZIP Code 

eligible for DNDC prices under Exhibit 

453.3.1.3 and, if trayed, placed in 

approved alternate containers, sacked or 

palletized, must be prepared according 

to 4.0 and 705.8.0. * * * 

[Revise title and text of 4.3.3 as 

follows:] 

4.3.3 Containerization and Labeling 

DNDC mailing (if not bedloaded), 

must be prepared as follows: 

a. DNDC machinable parcels must be 

trayed, placed in approved alternate 

containers or sacked under 6.0, or 

prepared on pallets under 705.8.0. 

b. DNDC nonmachinable parcels that 

each weigh 35 pounds or less must be 

trayed, placed in approved alternate 

containers or sacked under 6.0, if the 

parcels do not contain perishables and 

the size of the parcels allows a tray, 

alternate container or sack to hold at 

least two pieces. DNDC nonmachinable 

parcels that cannot be containerized in 

this manner or that weigh more than 35 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13730 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

pounds must be transported as outside 

(uncontainerized) pieces. If authorized 

by the USPS, DNDC nonmachinable 

parcels may be palletized. 

* * * * * 

6.0 Preparing Barcoded Machinable 

Parcels 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 6.3 and the text of the 

first sentence as follows:] 

6.3 Containerization and Labeling 

Traying, containerization or sacking is 

not required, however mailers may opt 

to prepare Parcel Select machinable 

parcels in trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks under 2.0 or on 

pallets under 705.8.0. * * * 

[Revise title of 6.3.1 and text of the 

introductory sentence as follows:] 

6.3.1 Container Preparation 

Container and preparation sequence, 

and Line 1 labeling: 

[Revise items 6.3.1a and b as follows:] 

a. 5-digit scheme: Optional (minimum 

of 10 pieces or 20 pounds); sacking 

allowed; for Line 1, use L606, 

Column B. 

b. 5-digit; required (minimum of 10 

pieces or 20 pounds); sacking allowed; 

for Line 1, use city, state and 5-digit ZIP 

Code destination of pieces (see 3.3c. for 

military mail). 

* * * * * 

[Delete 6.3.1e in its entirety and add 

new items e and f as follows:] 

e. Tier 2 Network: Required (no 

minimum); for Line 1, use L603, 

Column C information for the Tier 2 

facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code 

prefix of entry Post Office. 

f. Tier 2 Network: Required for 

specified acceptance locations (no 

minimum); if the origin NDC is Chicago, 

Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling 

List L603 to separate the remaining mail 

into two east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers. For Line 1, use L603, 

Column C information for the facility 

serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of 

entry Post Office. 

[Revise title of 6.3.2 as follows:] 

6.3.2 Tray Line 2 

* * * * * 

[Delete 6.3.2e in its entirety and add 

new items e and f as follows:] 

e. Tier 2 Network: ‘‘PSVC MACH 

WKG.’’ 

f. Tier 2 Network, Directional: ‘‘PSVC 

MACH WKG.’’ 

456 Enter and Deposit 

* * * * * 

2.0 Deposit 

2.1 Bedloaded Parcels 

* * * * * 

2.1.1 Containers 

DNDC mailings (if not bedloaded), 

DDU mailings (if not bedloaded), and all 

DSCF mailings must be prepared as 

follows: 

[Revise 2.1.1a through d as follows:] 

a. Machinable parcels for which a 

DNDC, DSCF, or DDU price is claimed 

must be trayed, placed in approved 

alternate containers or sacked under 

455.4.0, Preparing Destination Entry 

Parcel Select, or prepared on pallets 

under 705.8.0. 

b. For DNDC price, nonmachinable 

parcels must be prepared under 

455.4.3.3. 

c. For DSCF, if prepared under 

455.4.0, trays, alternate containers or 

sacks must contain at least seven pieces. 

If the tray, alternate container or sack is 

overflow from a 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 

or 3-digit tray, alternate container or 

sack that contains at least seven pieces, 

then a tray, alternate container or sack 

may contain fewer than seven pieces. 

For DSCF, if trayed, placed in approved 

alternate containers or sacked as 

overflow from a 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 

or 3-digit pallet that meets the pallet 

minimum, may contain any number of 

pieces. Machinable and nonmachinable 

pieces may be included in the same 

tray, alternate container or sack. 

d. For DSCF, 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 

and 3-digit trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks may be bedloaded or 

be placed on SCF pallets that are labeled 

and otherwise prepared under 705.8.0. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 2.1.1f as follows:] 

f. For DDU, there are no minimums 

for trays, approved alternate containers, 

sacks, pallets, or pallet boxes. DDU mail 

must be separated by 5-digit scheme and 

5-digit and, if placed in trays, alternate 

containers, or sacks, on pallets, or in 

pallet boxes, it must be labeled to the 5- 

digit scheme or 5-digit destination. 

Machinable and nonmachinable pieces 

may be combined in 5-digit scheme and 

5-digit trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme 

and 5-digit pallets (including pallet 

boxes). 

* * * * * 

2.12 Vehicle Unloading 

Unloading of destination entry 

mailings is subject to these conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the first sentence of 2.1.2c as 

follows:] 

c. At destination delivery units 

(DDUs), drivers must unload all mail, 

whether bedloaded, trayed, 

containerized, sacked, or palletized 

(including boxes on pallets), within 1 

hour of arrival. Unloading procedures 

are as follows: 

* * * * * 

2.16 Acceptance at Designated SCF– 

USPS Benefit 

A mailing that is otherwise eligible for 

DNDC prices may be deposited, and 

accepted, at an SCF designated by the 

USPS when it benefits the USPS and: 

[Revise item 2.16a as follows:] 

a. The mailing contains only 

machinable parcels prepared in 5-digit 

scheme and 5-digit trays, alternate 

containers, sacks or pallets, and 

nonmachinable parcels prepared under 

2.1.1. 

* * * * * 

460 Bound Printed Matter 

* * * * * 

465 Mail Preparation 

1.0 General Information for Mail 

Preparation 

1.1 Basic Preparation—Nonpresorted 

[Revise 1.1 as follows:] 

There are no presort, traying, 

containerization, or labeling standards 

for nonpresorted price Bound Printed 

Matter. 

* * * * * 

1.5 Preparation Definitions and 

Instructions 

For purposes of preparing mail: 

* * * * * 

[Resequence 1.5b through j as the new 

1.5c through k and add a new item 1.5b 

as follows:] 

b. An approved alternate container is 

a container that is authorized by the 

appropriate USPS official, instead of a 

flat tray (tub) or pallet. Alternate 

containers could include sacks, other 

USPS-supplied mail transport 

equipment, or mailer-supplied 

containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the first three sentences of 

resequenced 1.5d as follows:] 

d. A 5-digit scheme sort for Bound 

Printed Matter parcels yields 5-digit 

scheme trays, approved alternate 

containers, sacks or pallets for those 5- 

digit ZIP Codes listed in L606 and 5- 

digit trays, alternate containers, sacks or 

pallets for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit 

ZIP Codes in each scheme are treated as 

one presort destination subject to a 

single minimum volume. Trays, 

alternate containers, sacks or pallets 

prepared for a 5-digit scheme 

destination that contain pieces for only 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13731 

one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes 

are considered 5-digit scheme 

sorted. * * * 

[Revise resequenced 1.5e as follows:] 

e. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit 

scheme) tray or approved alternate 

container includes all mail (regardless 

of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3- 

digit scheme) area processed by the SCF 

in whose service area the mail is 

verified. If more than one 3-digit (or 3- 

digit scheme) area is served, as 

indicated in L005, a separate tray or 

alternate container may be prepared for 

each. These separations are optional, 

but mailers making these separations 

must segregate flat trays, approved 

alternate containers or pallets labeled to 

destinations within the origin SCF area 

from the remainder of the mailing as 

described in 466.2.7. 

[Revise resequenced 1.5f as follows:] 

f. The required at [quantity] 

instruction means that the particular 

unit must be prepared for the 

corresponding presort level whenever 

the specified quantity of mail is reached 

or exceeded, up to the maximum size or 

weight. 

[Revise resequenced 1.5g as follows:] 

g. The optional at [quantity] 

instruction means that the particular 

unit may be prepared for the 

corresponding presort level whenever 

the specified quantity is reached or 

exceeded, up to the maximum size or 

weight. 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 1.6 as follows:] 

1.6 Required Pallet Preparation 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to 

palletize, mail must be separated and 

placed in flat trays or approved alternate 

containers. 

2.0 Bundles 

* * * * * 

2.2 Address Visibility 

* * * This standard does not apply to 

the following: 

[Revise 2.2a and b as follows:] 

a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 

5-digit scheme (L001) trays, approved 

alternate containers, sacks or pallets. 

b. Bundles placed in carrier route and 

5-digit carrier routes trays, approved 

alternate containers or sacks. 

* * * * * 

2.6 Bundle Sizes 

[Revise 2.6 as follows:] 

Mailers must prepare 

uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles 

of Presorted irregular parcels for DDU 

entry according to 2.8 and 5.2 for 

parcels weighing less than 10 pounds 

and 5.3 for parcels weighing 10 pounds 

or more. Mailers must prepare 

uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles 

of carrier route irregular parcels for DDU 

entry according to 2.7 and 6.2 for 

parcels weighing less than 10 pounds 

and 6.3 for parcels weighing 10 pounds 

or more. 

[Revise title of 2.7 and the text of the 

introductory sentence of 2.7 as follows:] 

2.7 Additional Standards for 

Uncontainerized Bundles Entered at 

DDU Facilities 

Mailers may enter uncontainerized, 

nonpalletized bundles of irregular 

parcels at destination delivery units 

(DDUs) if all of the following conditions 

are met: 

* * * * * 

2.8 Pieces With Simplified Addresses 

[Revise the last sentence of 2.8 as 

follows:] 

* * * Bundles must be secure and 

stable subject to specific weight limits 

in 705.8.0 if placed on pallets, and for 

parcels in trays or approved alternate 

containers, specific weight limits in 5.0 

and 6.0. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:] 

3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers 

[Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2 

and add a new 3.1 as follows:] 

3.1 Standard Containers 

If mailers are unable to palletize, 

mailings must be prepared in flat trays 

or approved alternate containers, except 

that 5-digit, 5-digit scheme and carrier 

route separations may be prepared in 

sacks. 

[Revise title and text of 3.2 as follows:] 

3.2 Tray Preparation 

All tray, approved alternate container 

and sack preparation is subject to these 

standards: 

a. Each tray, alternate container or 

sack must bear the correct tray label. 

b. The weight of a tray, alternate 

container or sack, and its contents, must 

not exceed 70 pounds. 

[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:] 

4.0 Tray Labels 

4.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise 4.1 as follows:] 

Tray labels are subject to the 

following: 

a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed 

in flat trays or approved alternate 

containers are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.0. 

b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. 

Machine-printed labels (available from 

the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible 

hand-printed labels are acceptable. 

[Revise title of 4.2 as follows:] 

4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray 

Label 

[Revise 4.2 as follows:] 

A tray label must meet these 

specifications: 

a. Color: White or manila. 

b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock 

(required for mailings of automationcompatible flats, optional for others). 

c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 

inches minimum; 3.515 inches 

maximum. 

d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 

1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches 

maximum. 

4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line) 

Line 1 (destination line) must meet 

these standards: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 4.3c as follows:] 

c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit 

trays, approved alternate containers or 

sacks for overseas military destinations, 

Line 1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’ 

or ‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP 

Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 

090–098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within 

the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’ 

(for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code 

prefix range 962–966), followed by the 

destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail 

in the tray, alternate container or sack. 

4.4 Line 2 (Content Line) 

Line 2 (content line) must meet these 

standards: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the text of 4.4b as follows:] 

b. Codes: The codes shown below 

must be used as appropriate on Line 2 

of tray labels. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the ‘‘code’’ description for 

nonbarcoded ‘‘content type’’ (ninth from 

the top) as follows:] 

CONTENT TYPE CODE 

* * * * * 

Nonbarcoded NON BC (trays/alternate 

containers) NBC (pallets and combined 

mail under 705.9.0) 

* * * * * 

4.5 Line 3 (Origin Line) 

[Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as 

follows:] 

Line 3 (origin line showing office of 

mailing or mailer information) must be 

the bottom line of required information 

unless the tray, approved alternate 

container or sack contains mail 

manifested using the Electronic 

Verification System (eVS). * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13732 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

4.6 Electronic Verification System 

[Revise the first sentence of 4.6 as 

follows:] 

All trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks containing parcels 

prepared and identified using the 

Electronic Verification System (eVS) 

under 705.2.9 must show ‘‘eVS’’ (or the 

alternatives ‘‘EVS’’ or ‘‘E–VS’’) directly 

below Line 3 using the same size and 

lettering used for Line 3. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 4.9 as follows:] 

4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded 

Tray Labels 

Trays, approved alternate containers 

or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels. 

When used, barcoded labels must meet 

these general standards: 

a. Mailers must use the appropriate 

size label as described in 3.1. 

b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels 

must meet the standards in 708.6.0. 

c. All information on barcoded labels 

must be machine-printed. Do not make 

alterations to preprinted barcoded 

labels. 

d. Mailers must insert a barcoded 

label completely into the label holder on 

the tray or alternate container. 

e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 

708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays 

or alternate containers. 

5.0 Preparing Presorted Parcels 

5.1 Basic Standards 

* * * * * 

5.1.2 Separation 

[Revise 5.1.2 as follows:] 

Pieces for each zone must be trayed, 

sacked or placed in approved alternate 

containers separately, separated by 

zone. Exception: Pieces for different 

zones may be trayed or placed in 

alternate containers together, and the 

trays or alternate containers do not have 

to be separated by zone for verification 

if the mailing is prepared under 705.2.0, 

705.3.0, 705.4.0 or under 5.1.3, 

Commingling Zones. 

* * * * * 

5.2 Preparing Irregular Parcels 

Weighing Less Than 10 Pounds 

5.2.1 Required Bundling 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

5.2.1 as follows:] 

Bundling is required before placing 

pieces into trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks, except for pieces 

placed in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit 

trays, alternate containers or sacks when 

such pieces are enclosed in an envelope, 

full-length sleeve, full-length wrapper, 

or polybag and the minimum bundle 

size is met. Otherwise, a bundle must be 

prepared when the quantity of 

addressed pieces for a required presort 

level reaches a minimum of 10 pieces or 

10 pounds, whichever occurs first. 

Smaller volumes are not permitted 

(except mixed ADC bundles). The 

maximum weight of each physical 

bundle is 20 pounds, except that 5-digit 

bundles placed in 5-digit scheme and 

5-digit trays, alternate containers or 

sacks, or prepared for and entered at 

DDU prices, may weigh a maximum of 

40 pounds each. Each physical bundle 

must contain at least two addressed 

pieces (except mixed ADC bundles). 

Bundling also is subject to these 

conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 5.2.3 and text of the 

introductory paragraph as follows:] 

5.2.3 Containerization 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray, approved 

alternate container or sack must be 

prepared when the quantity of mail for 

a required presort destination reaches 

either 10 addressed pieces or 20 

pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller 

volumes are not permitted (except 

mixed ADC trays or alternate 

containers). Optional SCF trays or 

alternate containers may be prepared 

only when there are at least 10 

addressed pieces or 20 pounds, 

whichever occurs first. Containerization 

is not required for 5-digit bundles when 

entered at DDU prices. Such bundles 

may be bedloaded and may weigh up to 

40 pounds. Containerization is also 

subject to these conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the last sentence of 5.2.3b as 

follows:] 

b. * * * Alternatively, place pieces in 

trays, alternate containers or sacks by 

the actual piece count or mail weight for 

each bundle destination, provided that 

documentation shows the number of 

pieces and their total weight in each 

container. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and introductory 

paragraph of 5.2.4 as follows:] 

5.2.4 Containerization and Labeling 

Mailers must segregate trays, alternate 

containers or sacks destined within the 

origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as 

described in 466.2.7. Preparation 

sequence and labeling: 

[Revise 5.2.4a as follows:] 

a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking 

allowed; labeling: 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, use city, 

state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 

4.4 for overseas military mail). 

2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks, 

‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit 

trays, approved alternate containers or 

sacks, ‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Resequence current 5.2.4c through e 

as the new 5.2.4d through f and add a 

new 5.2.4c as follows:] 

c. Origin SCF, optional; no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. For Line 1, L005, Column B. 

2. For Line 2, ‘‘PSVC IRREG SCF.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Delete resequenced 5.2.4f in its 

entirety and add 5.2.4f through h as 

follows:] 

f. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L601, Column B. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG NDC.’’ 

g. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’ 

h. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’ 

5.3 Preparing Irregular Parcels 

Weighing 10 Pounds or More 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of 5.3.2 as 

follows:] 

5.3.2 Containerization 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray, approved 

alternate container or sack must be 

prepared when the quantity of mail for 

a required presort destination reaches 

20 pounds. Smaller volumes are not 

permitted (except mixed ADC trays or 

alternate containers). Optional 5-digit 

scheme and optional SCF trays or 

alternate containers or sacks may be 

prepared only when there are at least 20 

pounds. Smaller volumes are not 

permitted. Containerization is not 

required for 5-digit bundles when 

prepared for and entered at DDU prices. 

Such bundles may be bedloaded and 

may weigh up to 40 pounds. 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13733 

[Revise title and text of the 

introductory paragraph only of 5.3.3 as 

follows:] 

5.3.3 Containerization and Labeling 

Mailers must segregate trays, alternate 

containers or sacks destined within the 

origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as 

described in 466.2.7. Preparation 

sequence and labeling: 

[Revise 5.3.3a as follows:] 

a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking 

allowed; labeling: 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, use city, 

state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 

4.4 for overseas military mail). 

2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘PSVC 

IRREG 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘PSVC 

IRREG 5D.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Renumber current 5.3.3c through e as 

the new 5.3.3d through f and add a new 

5.3.3c as follows:] 

c. Origin SCF, optional; no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. For Line 1, L005, Column B. 

2. For Line 2, ‘‘PSVC IRREG SCF.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Delete renumbered 5.3.3 f and add 

new 5.3.3 f through h as follows:] 

f. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L601, Column B. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG NDC.’’ 

g. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’ 

h. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’ 

5.4 Preparing Machinable Parcels Not 

Claiming DNDC Prices 

[Revise title of 5.4.1 and text of the 

introductory paragraph as follows:] 

5.4.1 Containerization 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray, approved 

alternate container or sack must be 

prepared when the quantity of mail for 

a required presort destination reaches 

either 10 addressed pieces or 20 

pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller 

volumes are not permitted (except 

origin (mixed) NDC trays or alternate 

containers). Optional 5-digit scheme 

trays, approved alternate containers or 

sacks may be prepared only when there 

are at least 10 addressed pieces or 20 

pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller 

volumes are not permitted. 

Containerization is also subject to these 

conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 5.4.1b as follows:] 

b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, 

mailers must use either the minimum 

that applies to the average piece weight 

for the entire mailing or containerize by 

the actual piece count or mail weight for 

each bundle destination, provided that 

documentation can be provided with 

the mailing that shows the number of 

pieces and their total weight for each 

container. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 5.4.2 as follows:] 

5.4.2 Containerization and Labeling 

Preparation sequence and labeling: 

[Revise 5.4.2a as follows:] 

a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking 

allowed; labeling: 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on 

mail (see 4.4 for overseas military mail). 

2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

‘‘PSVC MACH 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit 

trays, approved alternate containers or 

sacks, ‘‘PSVC MACH 5D.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Delete current 5.4.2c in its entirety 

and add new 5.4.2c and d as follows:] 

c. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH WKG.’’ 

d. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH WKG.’’ 

5.5 Preparing Machinable Parcels 

Claiming DNDC Prices 

[Revise title of 5.4.1 and text of the 

introductory paragraph as follows:] 

5.5.1 Containerization 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray, approved 

alternate container or sack must be 

prepared when the quantity of mail for 

a required presort destination reaches 

either 10 addressed pieces or 20 

pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller 

volumes are not permitted (except 

origin (mixed) NDC trays or alternate 

containers). Optional 5-digit scheme 

and optional ASF trays or alternate 

containers may be prepared only when 

there are at least 10 addressed pieces or 

20 pounds, whichever occurs first. 

Smaller volumes are not permitted. See 

466.4.0 for DNDC price eligibility. 

Containerization is also subject to these 

conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 5.5.1b as follows:] 

b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, 

mailers must either use the minimum 

that applies to the average piece weight 

for the entire mailing or containerize by 

the actual piece count or mail weight for 

each container destination, provided 

that documentation can be provided 

with the mailing that shows the number 

of pieces and their total weight for each 

container. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 5.5.2 as follows:] 

5.5.2 Containerization and Labeling 

Preparation sequence and labeling: 

[Revise 5.5.2a as follows:] 

a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking 

allowed; labeling: 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on 

mail (see 4.4 for overseas military mail). 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH 5D SCHEME’’ 

or ‘‘PSVC MACH 5D SCH.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Delete current 5.5.2d in its entirety 

and add new 5.5.2d and e as follows:] 

d. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH WKG.’’ 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13734 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

e. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH WKG.’’ 

6.0 Preparing Carrier Route Parcels 

6.1 Basic Standards 

* * * * * 

6.1.2 Separation 

[Revise 6.1.2 as follows:] 

Pieces for each zone must be 

separately placed in trays, approved 

alternate containers or sacks. When 

presented for verification, trays, 

alternate containers or sacks must be 

separated by zone. Exception: Pieces for 

different zones may be containerized 

together, and the containers do not have 

to be separated by zone for verification 

if the mailing is prepared under 705.2.0, 

705.3.0, 705.4.0, or under 6.1.3, 

Commingling Zones. 

* * * * * 

6.2 Preparing Irregular Parcels 

Weighing Less Than 10 Pounds 

6.2.1 Bundle Preparation 

[Revise the first sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 6.2.1 as 

follows:] 

Bundling is not required in direct 

carrier route trays or approved alternate 

containers. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 6.2.2 and text of the 

introductory paragraph as follows:] 

6.2.2 Containerization 

Mailers may prepare irregular parcels 

in bundles on pallets or prepare 

uncontainerized bundles under 2.7. 

Otherwise, mailers must prepare a 

direct carrier route tray, sack or 

approved alternate container when the 

quantity of mail for an individual carrier 

route reaches either 10 addressed pieces 

or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first; 

smaller volumes are not permitted. 

Mailers then must place remaining 

bundles in 5-digit scheme carrier routes 

trays or alternate containers or 5-digit 

carrier routes trays or alternate 

containers, which have no minimum 

container size. Carrier route containers 

also are subject to these conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 6.2.2b as follows:] 

b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, 

mailers must either use the minimum 

that applies to the average piece weight 

for the entire mailing or containerize by 

the actual piece count or mail weight for 

each container destination, provided 

that documentation can be provided 

with the mailing that shows the number 

of pieces and their total weight for each 

container. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 6.2.3 and text of the 

introductory sentence as follows:] 

6.2.3 Containerization and Labeling 

Mailers must segregate trays, alternate 

containers or sacks destined within the 

origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as 

described in 466.2.7. Preparation 

sequence and Line 1 labeling: 

[Revise items 6.2.3a through c as 

follows:] 

a. Carrier route: required; sacking 

permitted; for Line 1, use city, state, and 

5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.3 for 

overseas military mail). 

b. 5-digit scheme carrier routes: 

Optional (no minimum); sacking 

permitted; for Line 1, use L606, Column 

B. 

c. 5-digit carrier routes: Required (no 

minimum); sacking permitted; for Line 

1, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code 

destination of bundles (for military 

mail, the ZIP Code is preceded by the 

prefixes under 4.3). 

[Revise title of 6.2.4 as follows:] 

6.2.4 Tray Label Line 2 

* * * * * 

6.3 Preparing Irregular Parcels 

Weighing 10 Pounds or More 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

6.3 as follows:] 

Mailers may prepare irregular parcels 

in bundles on pallets or prepare 

uncontainerized bundles under 2.6. 

When preparing irregular parcels in 

trays, approved alternate containers or 

sacks, place parcels only in direct 

carrier route containers. Each carrier 

route container must contain a 

minimum of 20 pounds. Required 

preparation: 

* * * * * 

6.4 Preparing Machinable Parcels 

[Revise title of 6.4.1 and text of 

introductory paragraph as follows:] 

6.4.1 Required Carrier Route 

Containerization 

Machinable parcels may be prepared 

only in direct carrier route containers. 

Each carrier route tray, sack or approved 

alternate container must contain a 

minimum of 10 addressed pieces or 20 

pounds, whichever occurs first. Carrier 

route trays, sacks or alternate containers 

also are subject to these conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 6.4.1b as follows:] 

b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, 

mailers must use either the minimum 

that applies to the average piece weight 

for the entire mailing or container by the 

actual piece count or mail weight for 

each container destination, provided 

that documentation can be provided 

with the mailing that shows the number 

of pieces and their total weight for each 

container. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 6.4.2 as follows:] 

6.4.2 Tray Label 

* * * * * 

466 Enter and Deposit 

* * * * * 

2.0 Presenting a Mailing 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 2.7 as follows:] 

2.7 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays 

Mailers must make all required, and 

may make any optional, separations 

containing irregular parcels destinating 

in the service area of the SCF serving 

the Post Office where the mail is 

verified, or the service area of the SCF/ 

plant where mail is entered. For all such 

separations, mailpieces must be trayed 

or placed in alternative containers in 

accordance with 465.0 and segregated 

from the remainder of the mailing. 

Mailers must segregate the origin/entry 

trays by one of these methods: 

Separately containerize the trays; place 

the trays in a conspicuous location on 

top of origin SCF pallet or other 

container; or present them separately to 

acceptance personnel. 

3.0 Destination Entry 

3.1 General 

[Revise the second sentence of 3.1 as 

follows:] 

* * * Eligibility for a destination 

entry price is determined by the sort 

level, processing category of the mail, 

and the type of container the mail is in 

(tray, alternate container, sack or pallet). 

* * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of 3.7 as follows:] 

3.7 Mailings of Uncontainerized 

Bundles 

Mailers may present untrayed or 

uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13735 

of BPM irregular parcels that are 

properly prepared for and entered at 

DDU prices and unloaded according to 

standards in 3.9.9. Pieces in these 

bundles are not eligible for barcode 

discounts. 

* * * * * 

4.0 Destination Network Distribution 

Center (DNDC) Entry 

4.1 Eligibility 

Pieces in a mailing meeting the 

standards in 3.0 and 4.0 are eligible for 

the DNDC price when they meet all of 

the following conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 4.1d as follows:] 

d. Are placed in a tray, approved 

alternate container, sack or on a pallet 

that is labeled to the NDC or ASF where 

deposited, or labeled to a postal facility 

within that NDCs or ASFs service area 

(see Exhibit 4.4). 

* * * * * 

4.3 Presorted Machinable Parcels 

[Revise 4.3 as follows:] 

Presorted machinable parcels in trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

or on pallets, at all sort levels may claim 

DNDC prices. Machinable parcels 

containerized under 465.5.0, or 

palletized under 705.8.0 may be sorted 

to destination NDCs under L601 or to 

destination NDCs and ASFs under L601 

and L602. Except as provided in Exhibit 

4.4, sortation of machinable parcels to 

ASFs is optional but is required for the 

ASF mail to be eligible for DNDC prices. 

Mailers may opt to sort some or all 

machinable parcels for ASF service area 

ZIP Codes to ASFs only when the mail 

will be deposited at the respective ASFs 

where the DNDC prices are claimed, 

under applicable volume standards, 

using L602. Mailers also may opt to sort 

machinable parcels only to destination 

NDCs under L601. When machinable 

parcels are sorted under L601, only mail 

for 3-digit ZIP Codes served by a NDC 

as listed in Exhibit 4.4 is eligible for 

DNDC prices (i.e., mail for 3-digit ZIP 

Codes served by an ASF in Exhibit 4.4 

is not eligible for DNDC prices, nor are 

3-digit ZIP Codes that do not appear on 

Exhibit 4.4). 

[Delete items 4.3a and b in their 

entirety.] 

4.4 Presorted Irregular Parcels 

[Revise item 4.4 as follows:] 

Presorted irregular parcels in trays, 

approved alternate containers or on 

pallets at all sort levels may claim 

DNDC prices. All pieces in an ADC tray 

or alternate container, or in a palletized 

ADC bundle, are eligible for the DNDC 

price if the ADC facility ZIP Code (as 

shown in Line 1 of the corresponding 

tray label or the ADC facility that is the 

destination of the palletized ADC 

bundle as would be shown on an ADC 

tray label for that facility using L004, 

Column B) is within the service area of 

the NDC at which the tray or alternate 

container is deposited under Exhibit 

4.4. Separate mixed ADC trays or 

alternate containers must be prepared 

for pieces eligible for and claimed at the 

DNDC price and for parcels not claimed 

at the DNDC price. Use the ‘‘label to’’ ZIP 

Code for the ADC to assign ADC 

bundles to the respective mixed ADC 

tray or alternate container. Use the 

address on the parcels to assign parcels 

to the respective mixed ADC bundle, 

tray or alternate container, as 

appropriate. Mail must be entered at the 

appropriate facility under 4.1. 

* * * * * 

4.5 Carrier Route Machinable Parcels 

[Revise the text of 4.5 as follows:] 

Carrier Route machinable parcels in 

individual carrier route trays, sacks or 

alternate containers may claim DNDC 

prices. Mail must be entered at the 

appropriate facility under 4.1. 

* * * * * 

5.0 Destination Sectional Center 

Facility (DSCF) Entry 

* * * * * 

[Revise the text of 5.2 through 5.5 as 

follows:] 

5.2 Presorted Machinable Parcels 

Presorted machinable parcels in trays, 

alternate containers, sacks, or on pallets, 

at the 5-digit scheme and 5-digit sort 

levels may claim DSCF prices. Mail 

must be entered at the appropriate 

facility under 5.1. 

5.3 Presorted Irregular Parcels 

Presorted irregular parcels in trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, at the 5- 

digit scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF 

sort levels, or on pallets at the 5-digit 

scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, SCF, and ASF 

sort levels may claim DSCF prices. Mail 

must be entered at the appropriate 

facility under 5.1. 

5.4 Carrier Route Machinable Parcels 

Carrier Route machinable parcels in 

individual carrier route trays, sacks or 

alternate containers may claim DSCF 

prices. Mail must be entered at the 

appropriate facility under 5.1. 

5.5 Carrier Route Irregular Parcels 

Carrier Route irregular parcels in 

trays, sacks or alternate containers at all 

sort levels or on pallets at the 5-digit 

scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, SCF, and ASF 

sort levels may claim DSCF prices. Mail 

must be entered at the appropriate 

facility under 5.1. 

6.0 Destination Delivery Unit (DDU) 

Entry 

* * * * * 

[Revise the text of 6.2 through 6.5 as 

follows:] 

6.2 Presorted Machinable Parcels 

Presorted machinable parcels in 5- 

digit scheme and 5-digit trays, alternate 

containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme 

and 5-digit pallets, may claim DDU 

prices. Mail must be entered at the 

appropriate facility under 6.1. 

6.3 Presorted Irregular Parcels 

Presorted irregular parcels in 5-digit 

scheme or 5-digit trays, alternate 

containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme 

or 5-digit pallets, or prepared as 

uncontainerized 5-digit bundles may 

claim DDU prices. Mailers must enter 

mail at the appropriate facility under 

6.1. 

6.4 Carrier Route Machinable Parcels 

Carrier Route machinable parcels 

sorted to carrier route trays, sacks or 

alternate containers may claim DDU 

prices. Mail must be entered at the 

appropriate facility under 6.1. 

6.5 Carrier Route Irregular Parcels 

Carrier Route irregular parcels in trays 

or alternate containers, on 5-digit 

scheme and 5-digit pallets, or prepared 

as uncontainerized carrier route bundles 

may claim DDU prices. Mailers must 

enter mail at the appropriate facility 

under 6.1. 

470 Media Mail 

473 Prices and Eligibility 

* * * * * 

3.0 Price Eligibility for Media Mail 

Parcels 

* * * * * 

3.4 Price Categories for Media Mail 

Media Mail prices are based on the 

weight of the piece without regard to 

zone. The price categories and discounts 

are as follows: 

[Revise the first sentence of 3.4a as 

follows:] 

a. To qualify for the 5-digit price, a 

piece must be prepared and sorted to 

either 5-digit scheme (machinable 

parcels only) and 5-digit trays, approved 

alternate containers or sacks under 

475.5.0 or to 5-digit scheme (machinable 

parcels only) and 5-digit pallets under 

705.8.0, or 705.20.0. * * * 

* * * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13736 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

475 Mail Preparation 

1.0 General Information for Mail 

Preparation 

* * * * * 

1.3 Terms for Presort Levels 

Terms used for presort levels are 

defined as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.3b as follows:] 

b. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays, 

approved alternate containers and 

sacks) for Media Mail parcels: The ZIP 

Code in the delivery address on all 

pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP 

Code zones processed by the USPS as a 

single scheme, as shown in L606. 

* * * * * 

1.4 Preparation Definitions and 

Instructions 

For purposes of preparing mail: 

* * * * * 

[Resequence items 1.4b through h as 

the new 1.4c through i and add a new 

1.4b as follows:] 

b. An approved alternate container is 

a container that is authorized by the 

appropriate USPS official, instead of a 

flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling 

and transport of bundled flat-size 

mailpieces or parcels. Alternate 

containers could include sacks, other 

USPS-supplied mail transport 

equipment, or mailer-supplied 

containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the first three sentences of 

resequenced 1.4d as follows:] 

d. A 5-digit scheme sort for Media 

Mail parcels yields 5-digit scheme trays 

approved alternate containers, sacks or 

pallets for those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed 

in L606 and 5-digit trays approved 

alternate containers, sacks or pallets for 

other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes 

in each scheme are treated as one 

presort destination subject to a single 

minimum volume (if required), with no 

further separation by 5-digit ZIP Code 

required. Trays approved alternate 

containers, sacks or pallets prepared for 

a 5-digit scheme destination that 

contain pieces for only one of the 

schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are still 

considered 5-digit scheme sorted and 

are labeled accordingly. * * * 

[Redesignate resequenced 1.4e 

through i as the new 1.4f through j and 

insert a new 1.4e as follows:] 

e. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit 

scheme) tray/sack contains all mail 

(regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP 

Code (or 3-digit scheme) area processed 

by the SCF in whose service area the 

mail is verified. If more than one 3-digit 

(or 3-digit scheme) area is served, as 

indicated in L005, a separate tray/sack 

must be prepared for each. These 

separations are optional, but mailers 

making these separations must segregate 

flat trays, approved alternate containers 

or pallets labeled to destinations within 

the origin SCF area from the remainder 

of the mailing under 476.2.1. 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 1.5 as follows:] 

1.5 Required Pallet Preparation 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to 

palletize, mail must be separated and 

placed in properly labeled flat trays or 

approved alternate containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:] 

3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers 

[Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2 

and add a new 3.1 as follows:] 

3.1 Standard Containers 

If mailers are unable to palletize, 

mailings must be prepared in flat trays 

or approved alternate containers, except 

that 5-digit and 5-digit scheme 

separations may be prepared in sacks. 

[Revise title and text of renumbered 

3.2 as follows:] 

3.2 Tray Preparation 

All tray, approved alternate container 

and sack preparation is subject to these 

standards: 

a. Each tray, alternate container or 

sack must bear the correct tray label. 

b. The weight of a tray, alternate 

container or sack, and its contents, must 

not exceed 70 pounds. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:] 

4.0 Tray Labels 

4.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise 4.1 as follows:] 

Tray labels are subject to the 

following: 

a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed 

in flat trays or approved alternate 

containers are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5. 

b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. 

Machine-printed labels (available from 

the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible 

hand-printed labels are acceptable. 

[Revise title of 4.2 as follows:] 

4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray 

Label 

[Revise 4.2 as follows:] 

A tray label must meet these 

specifications: 

a. Color: white or manila. 

b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock 

(required for mailings of automationcompatible flats, optional for others). 

c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 

inches minimum; 3.515 inches 

maximum. 

d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 

1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches 

maximum. 

4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line) 

Line 1 (destination line) must meet 

these standards: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 4.3c as follows:] 

c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit 

trays, approved alternate containers or 

sacks for overseas military destinations, 

Line 1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’ 

or ‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP 

Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 

090–098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within 

the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’ 

(for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code 

prefix range 962–966), followed by the 

destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail 

in the tray, alternate container or sack. 

4.4 Line 2 (Content Line) 

Line 2 (content line) must meet these 

standards: 

[Revise 4.4a and b as follows:] 

a. Placement: Line 2 must be the 

second visible line on the label. This 

line must show the class and processing 

category of the mail in the tray, alternate 

container or sack, and other information 

as specified by standards. 

b. Codes: The codes shown below 

must be used as appropriate on Line 2 

of tray labels. 

* * * * * 

4.5 Line 3 (Origin Line) 

[Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as 

follows:] 

Line 3 (origin line showing office of 

mailing or mailer information) must be 

the bottom line of required information 

unless the tray, approved alternate 

container or sack contains mail 

manifested using the Electronic 

Verification System (eVS) (see 4.6 for 

eVS labeling information). * * * 

4.6 Electronic Verification System 

[Revise the first sentence of 4.6 as 

follows:] 

All trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks containing parcels 

prepared and identified using the 

Electronic Verification System (eVS) 

under 705.2.9 must show ‘‘eVS’’ (or the 

alternatives ‘‘EVS’’ or ‘‘E–VS’’) directly 

below Line 3 using the same size and 

lettering used for Line 3. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 4.9 as follows:] 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13737 

4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded 

Tray Labels 

Trays, approved alternate containers 

or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels. 

When used, barcoded labels must meet 

these general standards: 

a. Mailers must use the appropriate 

size label as described in 3.1. 

b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels 

must meet the standards in 708.6.0. 

c. All information on barcoded labels 

must be machine-printed. Do not make 

alterations to preprinted barcoded 

labels. 

d. Mailers must insert a barcoded 

label completely into the label holder on 

the tray or alternate container. 

e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 

708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays 

or alternate containers. 

5.0 Preparing Media Mail Parcels 

* * * * * 

5.2 Preparing Machinable Parcels 

[Revise title of 5.2.1 as follows:] 

5.2.1 Containerization 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

5.2.1 as follows:] 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must 

prepare a tray, approved alternate 

container or sack when the quantity of 

mail for a required presort destination 

reaches 10 addressed pieces or 20 

pounds, whichever occurs first. At the 

mailer’s option, a tray, approved 

alternate container or sack may be 

prepared when the quantity of mail 

reaches 1,000 cubic inches. Smaller 

volumes are not permitted (except in 

mixed NDC trays or alternate 

containers). Containerization also is 

subject to these conditions: 

[Revise 5.2.1a as follows:] 

a. Identical-weight pieces that weigh 

2 pounds or less must be containerized 

using the 10-piece minimum; those that 

weigh more must be containerized using 

the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch 

minimum. 

[Revise the second sentence of item 

5.2.1b as follows:] 

b. * * * Alternately, mailers may 

containerize by the actual piece count, 

mail weight for each bundle destination, 

or 1,000 cubic inch minimum, provided 

that documentation can be provided 

with the mailing that shows 

(specifically for each container) the 

number of pieces and their total weight. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 5.2.2 as follows:] 

5.2.2 Containerization and Labeling 

Preparation sequence and labeling: 

[Revise 5.2.2a as follows:] 

a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but 

required for 5-digit price); sacking 

allowed; labeling: 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, use city, 

state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 

4.3 for overseas military mail). 

2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘PSVC 

MACH 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘PSVC 

MACH 5D.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Delete 5.2.2c in its entirety and add 

new 5.2.2 c and d as follows:] 

c. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH WKG.’’ 

d. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH WKG.’’ 

* * * * * 

5.3 Preparing Irregular Parcels 

5.3.1 Required Bundling 

[Revise the last four sentences of the 

introductory paragraph of 5.3.1 as 

follows:] 

* * * Bundling is not required for 

pieces placed in 5-digit scheme trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks 

and 5-digit trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks when such pieces 

are enclosed in an envelope, full-length 

sleeve, full-length wrapper, or polybag 

and the minimum bundle volume is 

met. The maximum weight of each 

physical bundle is 20 pounds, except 

that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit 

trays, approved alternate containers or 

sacks may weigh a maximum of 40 

pounds. Each physical bundle must 

contain at least two addressed pieces. 

Bundling is also subject to these 

conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 5.3.1b as follows:] 

b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, 

mailers must either use the minimum 

that applies to the average piece weight 

for the entire mailing (divide the net 

weight of the mailing by the number of 

pieces; the resulting average singlepiece weight determines whether the 

10-piece or 10-pound minimum 

applies), or bundle by the actual piece 

count or mail weight for each container, 

if documentation can be provided with 

the mailing that shows (specifically for 

each container) the number of pieces in 

each bundle and their total weight. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 5.3.3 as follows:] 

5.3.3 Containerization 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

5.3.3 as follows:] 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must 

prepare a tray, approved alternate 

container or sack when the quantity of 

mail for a required presort destination 

reaches 10 addressed pieces or 20 

pounds, whichever occurs first. At the 

mailer’s option, a tray, alternate 

container or sack may be prepared when 

the quantity of mail reaches 1,000 cubic 

inches. Smaller volumes are not 

permitted (except in mixed ADC 

containers). Optional 5-digit scheme 

containers may be prepared only when 

there are at least 10 addressed pieces or 

20 pounds. Smaller volumes are not 

permitted (except in mixed ADC 

containers). Containerization is also 

subject to these conditions: 

[Revise 5.3.3a as follows:] 

a. Identical-weight pieces weighing 2 

pounds or less must be containerized 

using the 10-piece minimum; those that 

weigh more must be containerized using 

the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch 

minimum. 

[Revise the second sentence of 5.3.3b 

as follows: 

b. * * * Alternatively, mailers may 

containerize by the actual piece count, 

mail weight for each destination, or 

1,000 cubic inch minimum, provided 

that documentation can be provided 

with the mailing that shows 

(specifically for each container) the 

number of pieces in each container and 

their total weight. 

[Revise 5.3.3c as follows:] 

c. Mailers must note on the postage 

statement which containerization 

method was used except for eVS 

mailings prepared under 705.2.9. 

[Revise the title and introductory 

paragraph of 5.3.4 as follows:] 

5.3.4 Containerization and Labeling 

Mailers must segregate trays, alternate 

containers or sacks destined within the 

origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13738 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

described in 476.2.1. Preparation 

sequence and labeling: 

[Revise 5.3.4a as follows:] 

a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but 

required for 5-digit price); sacking 

allowed; when making these 

separations; labeling: 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on 

mail (see 4.3 for overseas military mail). 

2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit 

trays, approved alternate containers or 

sacks, ‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Delete 5.3.4d in its entirety and add 

new 5.3.4d through f as follows:] 

d. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L601, Column B. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG NDC.’’ 

e. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’ 

f. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’ 

476 Enter and Deposit 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 2.0 and 2.1 as follows:] 

2.0 Presenting a Mailing 

2.1 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays 

Mailers must make all required, and 

may make any optional, separations 

containing origin/entry 3-digit and 

irregular parcels origin/entry 5-digit 

(scheme) trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks destinating in the 

service area of the SCF serving the Post 

Office where the mail is verified, or the 

service area of the SCF/plant where mail 

is entered. For all such separations, 

mailpieces must be trayed or placed in 

alternative containers in accordance 

with 475.0 and segregated from the 

remainder of the mailing. Mailers must 

segregate the origin/entry trays by one of 

these methods: Separately containerize 

the trays; place the trays in a 

conspicuous location on top of origin 

SCF pallet or other container; or present 

them separately to acceptance 

personnel. 

480 Library Mail 

483 Prices and Eligibility 

* * * * * 

3.0 Price Eligibility for Library Mail 

Parcels 

* * * * * 

3.4 Price Categories for Library Mail 

Library Mail prices are based on the 

weight of the piece without regard to 

zone. The price categories and discounts 

are as follows: 

[Revise the first sentence 3.4a as 

follows:] 

a. To qualify for the 5-digit price, a 

piece must be prepared and sorted to 

either 5-digit scheme (machinable 

parcels only) and 5-digit trays, approved 

alternate containers or sacks under 

485.5.0 or to 5-digit scheme (machinable 

parcels only) and 5-digit pallets under 

705.8.0, or 705.20.0. * * * 

* * * * * 

485 Mail Preparation 

1.0 General Information for Mail 

Preparation 

* * * * * 

1.3 Terms for Presort Levels 

Terms used for presort levels are 

defined as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.3b as follows:] 

b. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays, 

approved alternate containers and 

sacks) for Library Mail parcels: The ZIP 

Code in the delivery address on all 

pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP 

Code zones processed by the USPS as a 

single scheme, as shown in L606. 

* * * * * 

1.4 Preparation Definitions and 

Instructions 

For purposes of preparing mail: 

* * * * * 

[Resequence items 1.4b through h as 

the new 1.4c through i and add a new 

1.4b as follows:] 

b. An approved alternate container is 

a container that is authorized by the 

appropriate USPS official, instead of a 

flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling 

and transport of bundled flat-size 

mailpieces or parcels. Alternate 

containers could include sacks, other 

USPS-supplied mail transport 

equipment, or mailer-supplied 

containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the first three sentences of 

resequenced 1.4d as follows:] 

d. A 5-digit scheme sort for Library 

Mail parcels yields 5-digit scheme trays, 

approved alternate containers, sacks or 

pallets for those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed 

in L606 and 5-digit trays, approved 

alternate containers, sacks or pallets for 

other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes 

in each scheme are treated as one 

presort destination subject to a single 

minimum volume, with no further 

separation by 5-digit ZIP Code required. 

Trays, approved alternate containers, 

sacks or pallets prepared for a 5-digit 

scheme destination that contain pieces 

for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP 

Codes are still considered 5-digit 

scheme sorted. * * * 

[Redesignate resequenced items 1.4e 

through i as the new 1.4f through j and 

insert a new 1.4e as follows:] 

e. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit 

scheme) tray or alternate container 

contains all mail (regardless of quantity) 

for a 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit 

scheme) area processed by the SCF in 

whose service area the mail is verified. 

If more than one 3-digit (or 3-digit 

scheme) area is served, as indicated in 

L005, a separate tray or alternate 

container must be prepared for each. 

These separations are optional, but 

mailers making these separations must 

segregate flat trays, approved alternate 

containers or pallets labeled to 

destinations within the origin SCF area 

be segregated from the remainder of the 

mailing under 486.2.1. 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 1.5 as follows:] 

1.5 Required Pallet Preparation 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to 

palletize, mail must be separated and 

placed in properly labeled flat trays or 

approved alternate containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:] 

3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers 

[Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2 

and add a new 3.1 as follows:] 

3.1 Standard Containers 

If mailers are unable to palletize, 

mailings must be prepared in flat trays 

or approved alternate containers, except 

that 5-digit and 5-digit scheme 

separations may be prepared in sacks. 

[Revise title and text of renumbered 

3.2 as follows:] 

3.2 Tray Preparation 

All tray, approved alternate container 

and sack preparation is subject to these 

standards: 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13739 

a. Each tray, alternate container or 

sack must bear the correct tray label. 

b. The weight of a tray, alternate 

container or sack, and its contents, must 

not exceed 70 pounds. 

[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:] 

4.0 Tray Labels 

4.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise 4.1 as follows:] 

Tray labels are subject to the 

following: 

a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed 

in flat trays or approved alternate 

containers are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5. 

b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. 

Machine-printed labels (available from 

the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible 

hand-printed labels are acceptable. 

[Revise title of 4.2 as follows:] 

4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray 

Label 

[Revise 4.2 as follows:] 

A tray label must meet these 

specifications: 

a. Color: white or manila. 

b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock 

(required for mailings of automationcompatible flats, optional for others). 

c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 

inches minimum; 3.515 inches 

maximum. 

d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 

1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches 

maximum. 

4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line) 

Line 1 (destination line) must meet 

these standards: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 4.3c as follows:] 

c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit 

trays, approved alternate containers or 

sacks for overseas military destinations, 

Line 1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’ 

or ‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP 

Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 

090–098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within 

the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’ 

(for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code 

prefix range 962–966), followed by the 

destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail 

in the tray, alternate container or sack. 

4.4 Line 2 (Content Line) 

Line 2 (content line) must meet these 

standards: 

[Revise items 4.4a and b as follows:] 

a. Placement: Line 2 must be the 

second visible line on the label. This 

line must show the class and processing 

category of the mail in the tray, alternate 

container or sack, and other information 

as specified by standards. 

b. Codes: The codes shown below 

must be used as appropriate on Line 2 

of tray labels. 

* * * * * 

4.5 Line 3 (Origin Line) 

[Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as 

follows:] 

Line 3 (origin line showing office of 

mailing or mailer information) must be 

the bottom line of required information 

unless the tray, approved alternate 

container or sack contains mail 

manifested using the Electronic 

Verification System (eVS) (see 4.6 for 

eVS labeling information). * * * 

4.6 Electronic Verification System 

[Revise the first sentence of 4.6 as 

follows:] 

All trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks containing parcels 

prepared and identified using the 

Electronic Verification System (eVS) 

under 705.2.9 must show ‘‘eVS’’ (or the 

alternatives ‘‘EVS’’ or ‘‘E–VS’’) directly 

below Line 3 using the same size and 

lettering used for Line 3. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 4.9 as follows:] 

4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded 

Tray Labels 

Trays, approved alternate containers 

or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels. 

When used, barcoded labels must 

meet these general standards: 

a. Mailers must use the appropriate 

size label as described in 3.1. 

b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels 

must meet the standards in 708.6.0. 

c. All information on barcoded labels 

must be machine-printed. Do not make 

alterations to preprinted barcoded 

labels. 

d. Mailers must insert a barcoded 

label completely into the label holder on 

the tray or alternate container. 

e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 

708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays 

or alternate containers. 

5.0 Preparing Library Mail Parcels 

* * * * * 

5.2 Preparing Machinable Parcels 

[Revise title of 5.2.1 as follows:] 

5.2.1 Containerization 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

5.2.1 as follows:] 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must 

prepare a tray, approved alternate 

container or sack when the quantity of 

mail for a required presort destination 

reaches 10 addressed pieces or 20 

pounds, whichever occurs first. At the 

mailer’s option, a tray, approved 

alternate container or sack may be 

prepared when the quantity of mail 

reaches 1,000 cubic inches. Smaller 

volumes are not permitted (except in 

mixed NDC trays or alternate 

containers). Containerization also is 

subject to these conditions: 

[Revise 5.2.1a as follows:] 

a. Identical-weight pieces that weigh 

2 pounds or less must be containerized 

using the 10-piece minimum; those that 

weigh more must be containerized using 

the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch 

minimum. 

[Revise the second sentence 5.2.1b as 

follows:] 

b. * * * Alternately, mailers may 

containerize by the actual piece count, 

mail weight for each bundle destination, 

or 1,000 cubic inch minimum, provided 

that documentation can be provided 

with the mailing that shows 

(specifically for each container) the 

number of pieces and their total weight. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 5.2.2 as follows:] 

5.2.2 Containerization and Labeling 

Preparation sequence and labeling: 

[Revise 5.2.2a as follows:] 

a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but 

required for 5-digit price); sacking 

allowed; labeling: 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, use city, 

state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 

4.3 for overseas military mail). 

2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘PSVC 

MACH 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, ‘‘PSVC 

MACH 5D.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Delete 5.2.2c in its entirety and add 

new 5.2.2c and d as follows:] 

c. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH WKG.’’ 

d. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC MACH WKG.’’ 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13740 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

5.3 Preparing Irregular Parcels 

5.3.1 Required Bundling 

[Revise the last four sentences of the 

introductory paragraph of 5.3.1 as 

follows:] 

* * * Bundling is not required for 

pieces placed in 5-digit scheme trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks 

and 5-digit trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks when such pieces 

are enclosed in an envelope, full-length 

sleeve, full-length wrapper, or polybag 

and the minimum bundle volume is 

met. The maximum weight of each 

physical bundle is 20 pounds, except 

that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit 

trays, approved alternate containers or 

sacks may weigh a maximum of 40 

pounds. Each physical bundle must 

contain at least two addressed pieces. 

Bundling is also subject to these 

conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 5.3.1b as follows:] 

b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, 

mailers must either use the minimum 

that applies to the average piece weight 

for the entire mailing, or bundle by the 

actual piece count or mail weight for 

each container, if documentation can be 

provided with the mailing that shows 

the number of pieces in each bundle 

and their total weight for each 

container. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 5.3.3 as follows:] 

5.3.3 Containerization 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

5.3.3 as follows:] 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must 

prepare a tray, approved alternate 

container or sack when the quantity of 

mail for a required presort destination 

reaches 10 addressed pieces or 20 

pounds, whichever occurs first. At the 

mailer’s option, a tray, alternate 

container or sack may be prepared when 

the quantity of mail reaches 1,000 cubic 

inches. Smaller volumes are not 

permitted (except in mixed ADC 

containers). Optional 5-digit scheme 

containers may be prepared only when 

there are at least 10 addressed pieces or 

20 pounds. Smaller volumes are not 

permitted (except in mixed ADC 

containers). Containerization is also 

subject to these conditions: 

[Revise 5.3.3a as follows:] 

a. Identical-weight pieces weighing 2 

pounds or less must be containerized 

using the 10-piece minimum; those that 

weigh more must be containerized using 

the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch 

minimum. 

[Revise the second sentence 5.3.3b as 

follows:] 

b. * * * Alternatively, mailers may 

containerize by the actual piece count, 

mail weight for each destination, or 

1,000 cubic inch minimum, provided 

that documentation can be provided 

with the mailing that shows 

(specifically for each container) the 

number of pieces in each container and 

their total weight. 

[Revise 5.3.3c as follows:] 

c. Mailers must note on the postage 

statement which containerization 

method was used except for eVS 

mailings prepared under 705.2.9. 

[Revise the title and introductory 

paragraph only of 5.4.2 as follows:] 

5.3.4 Containerization and Labeling 

Mailers must segregate trays, alternate 

containers or sacks destined within the 

origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as 

described in 486.2.1. Preparation 

sequence and labeling: 

[Revise 5.3.4a as follows:] 

a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but 

required for 5-digit price); sacking 

allowed; labeling: 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on 

mail (see 4.3 for overseas military mail). 

2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

approved alternate containers or sacks, 

‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.’’ For 5-digit 

trays, approved alternate containers or 

sacks, ‘‘PSVC IRREG 5D.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Delete 5.3.4d in its entirety and add 

new 5.3.4d through f as follows:] 

d. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L601, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG NDC.’’ 

e. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’ 

f. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’ 

* * * * * 

486 Enter and Deposit 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 2.0 and 2.1 as follows:] 

2.0 Presenting a Mailing 

2.1 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays 

Mailers must make all required, and 

may make any optional, separations 

containing origin/entry 3-digit and 

irregular parcels origin/entry 5-digit 

(scheme) trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks destinating in the 

service area of the SCF serving the Post 

Office where the mail is verified, or the 

service area of the SCF/plant where mail 

is entered. For all such separations, 

mailpieces must be trayed or placed in 

alternative containers in accordance 

with 485.0 and segregated from the 

remainder of the mailing. Mailers must 

segregate the origin/entry trays by one of 

these methods: separately containerize 

the trays; place the trays in a 

conspicuous location on top of origin 

SCF pallet or other container; or present 

them separately to acceptance 

personnel. 

500 Additional Services 

* * * * * 

507 Mailer Services 

* * * * * 

11.0 Merchandise Return Service 

* * * * * 

11.7 Priority Mail Reshipment 

* * * * * 

[Revise the title of 11.7.3 as follows:] 

11.7.3 Container Tag 

[Revise the first sentence of 11.7.3 as 

follows:] 

If a sack, or approved alternate 

container is used as the mail container 

for Priority Mail reshipment, the permit 

holder must provide a tag and an 

address label containing the delivery 

address of the postage due unit at the 

Post Office where the permit is held, the 

permit holder’s address, a space for the 

customer’s return address, and 

otherwise meet the format standards in 

11.6 for each affected postal facility. 

* * * 

* * * * * 

700 Special Standards 

* * * * * 

705 Advanced Preparation and 

Special Postage Payment Systems 

1.0 Customized MarketMail 

* * * * * 

1.4 Preparation Standards 

* * * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13741 

1.4.5 Required Bundling 

[Revise the first sentence of 1.4.5 as 

follows:] 

Bundling is required before traying or 

filling other mailing containers. * * * 

* * * * * 

1.4.7 Required Containerizing 

The following standards apply to 

containerizing CMM pieces: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the first sentence of 1.4.7b as 

follows:] 

b. Bundles in drop shipment mailings 

under 246.2.0 and 246.5.0 must be 

placed in letter trays, flat trays, or 

approved alternate containers. 

* * * * * 

1.4.8 Containerizing and Labeling 

Prepare and label containers as 

follows: 

[Revise 1.4.8a as follows:] 

a. Drop shipments under 246.2.0 and 

246.5.0 must be prepared in 5-digit trays 

or approved alternate containers, or as 

an option, in 5-digit scheme (under 

L606, Column B), carrier route, or 5- 

digit carrier routes trays or containers, 

labeled as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 14.8a2 and 8a3 as follows:] 

2. Line 2: ‘‘DEL LTR STD CMM MAN’’ 

(for letter trays); ‘‘DEL FLTS STD CMM 

MAN’’ (for flat trays); ‘‘DEL STD CMM 

MAN’’ (for other approved alternate 

containers). 

3. Line 3: Office of mailing or mailer 

information (see 707.21.0). 

* * * * * 

6.0 Combining Mailings of Standard 

Mail, Package Services, and Parcel 

Select Parcels 

6.1 Basic Standards for Combining 

Parcels and NFMs 

6.1.1 Basic Standards 

Standard Mail parcels, NFMs, Package 

Services, and Parcel Select parcels in 

combined mailings must meet the 

following standards: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the last sentence of 6.1.1d as 

follows:] 

d. * * * Pieces claimed at other 

prices in the same flat tray or approved 

alternate container or on the same pallet 

do not count towards these minimum 

volume requirements. 

* * * * * 

6.2 Combining Parcels and NFMs— 

DNDC Entry 

* * * * * 

6.2.2 Additional Standards 

Standard Mail machinable parcels, 

NFMs 6 ounces or more, and Package 

Services and Parcel Select machinable 

parcels prepared for DNDC entry must 

meet the following conditions in 

addition to the basic standards in 6.1: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 6.2.2d as follows:] 

d. Mailers must prepare all parcels on 

pallets or in pallet boxes under 8.0; or 

in flat trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks under 6.2.3, or to 

achieve the finest level of sortation. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of introductory 

sentence of 6.2.3 as follows:] 

6.2.3 Containerization and Labeling 

Preparation sequence and labeling: 

[Revise the opening paragraphs of 

6.2.3a and b as follows:] 

a. 5-digit scheme, optional, but 

required for Standard Mail 5-digit price 

eligibility, 10-piece or 20-pound 

minimum; sacking permitted; labeling: 

* * * * * 

b. 5-digit, optional, but required for 

Standard Mail 5-digit price eligibility, 

10-piece or 20-pound minimum; sacking 

permitted; labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Delete 6.2.3e in its entirety and add 

new 6.2.3e and f as follows:] 

e. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: ‘‘MXD’’ followed by L601, 

Column C, based on information for the 

facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code 

prefix of entry Post Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD/PSVC MACH WKG.’’ 

f. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD/PSVC MACH WKG.’’ 

* * * * * 

6.3 Combining Parcels—Parcel Select 

ONDC Presort, NDC Presort, DSCF, and 

DDU Prices 

* * * * * 

6.3.2 Preparation and Prices 

Combined parcels must be prepared 

as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

6.3.2b as follows:] 

b. Parcel Select or Bound Printed 

Matter Qualifying for DSCF Prices. 

Mailers must prepare the combined 

mailings under the 5-digit scheme and 

5-digit tray, sack or approved alternate 

container requirements in 455.4.2 or the 

5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallet 

requirements in 8.0 for the Parcel Select 

DSCF prices. All other requirements for 

Parcel Select DSCF prices and Standard 

Mail prices must be met. The following 

additional requirements apply: 

[Revise 6.3.2b1 as follows:] 

1. If trayed, sacked or placed in 

approved alternate containers under 

455.4.2, the minimum requirement of 

seven pieces per tray, sack or container 

must be met with only Package Services 

and Parcel Select parcels. After the 

minimum tray, sack or container 

volume has been met; Standard Mail 

parcels may be included in the same 

tray, sack or container or in overflow 

trays, sacks or containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 6.3.2b5 as follows:] 

5. Line 2 of 5-digit scheme pallet and 

tray labels must read: ‘‘STD/PSVC 

MACH 5D SCH.’’ Line 2 of 5-digit pallet 

and tray labels must read: ‘‘STD/PSVC 

MACH 5D.’’ 

* * * * * 

7.0 Combining Package Services and 

Parcel Select Parcels for Destination 

Entry 

* * * * * 

7.1 Combining Parcels—DSCF and 

DDU Entry 

7.1.1 Qualification 

[Revise the first sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 7.1.1 as 

follows:] 

Mailers may combine Package 

Services and Parcel Select parcels in 5- 

digit scheme and 5-digit flat trays, sacks 

or approved alternate containers or on 

5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallets for 

entry either at a destination sectional 

center facility (DSCF) or a destination 

delivery unit (DDU) when authorized by 

the USPS under 7.5. * * * 

7.1.2 Basic Standards 

[Revise the introductory sentence of 

7.1.2 as follows:] 

All Package Services and Parcel Select 

parcels that meet the following 

conditions may be combined in 5-digit 

scheme and 5-digit flat trays, sacks or 

approved alternate containers or 5-digit 

scheme and 5-digit pallets under these 

conditions: 

* * * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13742 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

[Revise the first sentence of 7.1.2c as 

follows:] 

c. All parcels must be prepared in flat 

trays, sacks or approved alternate 

containers under 7.2 or on pallets under 

7.3. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 7.1.3 as follows:] 

7.1.3 Combined Parcels Prepared in 

Trays or Sacks—Price Eligibility 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

7.1.3 and items 7.1.3a through e as 

follows:] 

In addition to the applicable 

standards in 455.4.0 and 466.3.0 

through 466.6.0 for destination entry 

Parcel Select and Bound Printed Matter, 

the following standards apply for 

combined parcels prepared in flat trays, 

sacks or approved alternate containers: 

a. Parcel Select DSCF prices apply to 

parcels that are in 5-digit scheme and 5- 

digit flat trays, sacks or approved 

alternate containers, each with at least 

10 pieces of any combination of Parcel 

Select and Package Services mail, or 

that are in overflow trays, sacks or 

alternate containers under 7.2.2, when 

all other requirements for the DSCF 

price in 453.3.0 and 455.4.2 are met. 

Parcel Select DDU prices apply to 

parcels that are contained in 5-digit 

scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or 

alternate containers, each with at least 

10 pieces of any combination of Parcel 

Select and Package Services mail, or 

that are in overflow trays, sacks or 

alternate containers under 7.2.2, when 

all other requirements for the DDU price 

in 453.3.0 and 455.4.1 are met. 

b. Presorted Bound Printed Matter 

DSCF prices apply to parcels that are in 

5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks 

or alternate containers, each with at 

least 10 pieces of any combination of 

Parcel Select and Package Services mail, 

or that are in overflow trays, sacks or 

alternate containers under 7.2.2, when 

all other requirements for the DSCF 

price in 466.3.0 through 466.6.0 are met. 

Presorted Bound Printed Matter DDU 

prices apply to parcels that are 

contained in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit 

trays, sacks or alternate containers, each 

containing at least 10 pieces of any 

combination of Parcel Select and 

Package Services mail, or contained in 

overflow trays, sacks or alternate 

containers under 7.2.2, provided all 

other requirements for the DDU price in 

466.3.0 through 466.6.0 are met. 

c. Presorted Library Mail 5-digit 

prices apply to parcels that are in 5-digit 

scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or 

alternate containers sacks, each with at 

least 10 pieces of any combination of 

Parcel Select and Package Services mail, 

or that are in overflow trays, sacks or 

alternate containers under 7.2.2. 

d. Presorted Media Mail 5-digit prices 

apply to parcels that are in 5-digit 

scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or 

alternate containers, each with at least 

10 pieces of any combination of Parcel 

Select and Package Services mail, or 

that are in overflow trays, sacks or 

alternate containers under 7.2.2. 

e. Single-piece price parcels that are 

in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, 

sacks or alternate containers, each with 

at least 10 pieces of any combination of 

Parcel Select and Package Services mail, 

or that are in overflow trays, sacks or 

alternate containers under 7.2.2, qualify 

for single-piece prices. 

[Revise title and text 7.1.4 as follows:] 

7.1.4 Containerization 

Only 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, 

sacks or alternate containers may be 

prepared. Each tray, sack or alternate 

container of combined Parcel Select and 

Package Services mail must contain at 

least 10 pieces. One overflow tray, 

alternate container or sack containing 

fewer than 10 pieces is permitted per 

destination. 

[Revise title and text of the 

introductory sentence only of 7.15 as 

follows:] 

7.1.5 Labeling 

Tray labels must be prepared as 

follows: 

* * * * * 

7.2 Combining Parcel Select and 

Package Services Machinable Parcels 

for DNDC Entry 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of the 

introductory sentence only of 7.2.3 as 

follows:] 

7.2.3 Containerization and Labeling 

Preparation sequence, container type, 

and labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the opening sentence of items 

7.2.3c and d as follows:] 

c. ASF, optional, allowed only for 

mail deposited at an ASF to claim 

DNDC price, 10-piece or 20-pound 

minimum; flat trays or approved 

alternate containers required; labeling: 

* * * * * 

d. NDC, required,10-piece or 20- 

pound minimum; flat trays or approved 

alternate containers required; labeling: 

* * * * * 

8.0 Preparing Pallets 

* * * * * 

8.2 Top Caps 

8.2.1 Use 

Top caps are used as follows: 

[Revise 8.2.1a as follows:] 

a. Except as provided below, all 

pallets or pallet boxes must be topcapped if the pallets are stacked two, 

three, or four tiers high when presented 

to the USPS for acceptance. 

* * * * * 

8.5 General Preparation 

8.5.1 Presort 

[Revise 8.5.1, starting with the forth 

sentence as follows:] 

* * * For trays, approved alternate 

containers or machinable parcels on 

pallets, the mailer must prepare all 

required pallet levels before preparing 

any mixed ADC or mixed NDC pallets 

for a mailing job. Bundles that cannot be 

placed on pallets must be prepared in 

flat trays or other approved alternate 

containers under the applicable 

standards. Bundle reallocation 

standards (8.11, 8.13, and 8.14) to 

protect the SCF, ADC, or NDC pallets 

may result in some bundles of 

Periodicals flats and irregular parcels 

and Standard Mail flats not being placed 

on the finest level of pallet possible. 

Mailers must use PAVE-certified presort 

software to prepare mailings using 

bundle reallocation (bundle reallocation 

is optional, but if performed, it must be 

done for the complete mailing job). 

8.5.2 Required Preparation 

The following standards apply to 

Periodicals, Standard Mail, Parcel 

Select, and Package Services, except 

Parcel Select mailed at NDC Presort, 

ONDC Presort, DSCF, and DDU prices. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 8.5.2c as follows:] 

c. Trays, bundles or parcels that 

cannot be prepared on a direct pallet 

must be placed on the appropriate 

Origin Network Distribution Center, 

Tier 2 Network, Directional Tier 2 

Network, Local Surface Transport or 

Extended Surface Network pallet, when 

the volume reaches 150 pounds, or three 

layers of trays, for any pallet level. 

Mailers may optionally make pallets 

with less than 150 pounds or 36 linear 

feet of trays for these pallet levels. 

Mailers choosing not to make optional 

pallets, or unable to palletize, must 

prepare bundles in flat trays or 

approved alternate containers under 

applicable preparation standards. 

8.5.3 Minimum Load 

The following minimum load 

standards apply to mail prepared on 

pallets: 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13743 

a. For Periodicals, Standard Mail, 

Parcel Select, and Package Services 

(except for Parcel Select mailed at NDC 

Presort, ONDC Presort, DSCF, and DDU 

prices): 

[Revise 8.5.3a1 as follows:] 

1. In a single mailing, the minimum 

load per pallet is 250 pounds of 

bundles, parcels, or approved alternate 

containers, except as provided in items 

2 through 4 below. When preparing 

letter trays on pallets, the minimum 

load is 36 linear feet or three layers of 

trays, except as provided in item 3 

below. 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 8.5.3a6 as follows:] 

6. There is no minimum load for 

Origin Entry 3–Digit, Origin Network 

Distribution Center, Tier 2 Network, 

Directional Tier 2 Network, Local 

Surface Transport or Extended Surface 

Network pallets. 

* * * * * 

8.5.5 Maximum Load 

[Revise the first sentence of 8.5.5 as 

follows:] 

The maximum weight (mail and 

pallet) is 2,200 pounds. The maximum 

height of a single pallet (mail and pallet) 

is 77 inches for bundles, parcels, 

approved alternate containers, or pallet 

boxes, or 77 inches or 12 layers of trays 

(whichever occurs first) for letter trays. 

* * * 

8.5.6 Mail on Pallets 

These standards apply to mail on 

pallets: 

[Revise 8.5.6a as follows:] 

a. Pieces in trays, bundles, and 

approved alternate containers must be 

prepared under the standards for the 

class of mail and price claimed. 

* * * * * 

[Delete 8.5.6g in its entirety and 

renumber current 8.5.6h and i as the 

new 8.5.6g and h.] 

* * * * * 

8.5.9 Address Visibility 

This standard does not apply to the 

following: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 8.5.9b and c as follows:] 

b. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 

5-digit scheme (L001) approved 

alternate containers or pallets. 

c. Bundles placed in carrier route and 

5-digit carrier routes approved alternate 

containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of 8.5.12 as 

follows:] 

8.5.12 Alternate Containers 

All mailers are required to palletize 

when possible. Mail that is not 

palletized (e.g. the mailer is physically 

unable to palletize, the USPS 

acceptance location is unable to accept 

pallets, or the bundles do not meet the 

machinability standards in 8.5.7 

through 8.5.11) must be prepared in flat 

trays or approved alternate containers 

under the standards for the price 

claimed. For Periodicals, the mailer 

must separately place bundles of each 

publication, which are not palletized, 

into flat trays or approved alternate 

containers. Alternate containers that are 

not palletized must be bedloaded. 

Alternate containers not placed on 

pallets may be presented with the 

palletized mail (and reported on the 

same postage statement) if separated 

from the palletized portion of the 

mailing. 

* * * * * 

8.8 Basic Uses 

These types of mail may be palletized: 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 8.8b and c as follows:] 

b. Bundles of nonletter-size mail not 

prepared in approved alternate 

containers. 

c. Bundles or parcels in approved 

alternate containers or in sacks (5-digit 

or 5-digit scheme only). 

* * * * * 

8.9 Bundles on Pallets 

8.9.1 Applicability 

[Revise 8.9.1 as follows:] 

Presort bundles of Periodicals, 

Standard Mail, and Package Services 

flats and irregular parcels must be 

placed directly on pallets under 8.9.2 

through 8.9.5 and 8.10. Mail that cannot 

be placed on pallets (e.g. the mailer is 

physically unable to palletize, the USPS 

acceptance location is unable to accept 

pallets, or the bundles do not meet the 

machinability standards in 8.5.7 

through 8.5.11) must be prepared in flat 

trays or approved alternate containers 

under the applicable standards. Flat 

trays or alternate containers that contain 

any remaining bundles after all pallets 

are prepared may be presented with the 

palletized portion of the mailing job 

(and, subject to 8.16.5, reported on the 

same postage statement) if the trayed or 

containerized portion is presented 

separately from the palletized portion. 

* * * * * 

8.9.5 Bound Printed Matter 

Bound Printed Matter on pallets must 

be bundled as follows: 

* * * * * 

b. Presorted and Carrier Route Bound 

Printed Matter: 

[Revise 8.9.5b1 as follows:] 

1. Only individual pieces of flats or 

irregular parcels that weigh less than 10 

pounds each may be prepared as 

bundles on pallets. Presorted pieces that 

weigh 10 or more pounds each must be 

prepared and palletized as machinable 

parcels under 8.10.4. Carrier route 

pieces that individually weigh 10 or 

more pounds each must either be 

prepared and palletized as machinable 

parcels under 8.10.4, and qualify for 

Presorted prices or be prepared in 

alternate containers under 365.6.0 for 

flats and 465.6.0 for parcels and qualify 

for carrier route prices. 

* * * * * 

8.10 Pallet Presort and Labeling 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 8.10.2 as follows:] 

8.10.2 Periodicals—Bundles, Trays, or 

Alternate Containers 

[Revise the fourth and last sentence of 

the introductory paragraph of 8.10.2 as 

follows:] 

* * * For mailings of letter trays or 

bundles of flat-size pieces in approved 

alternate containers on pallets, pallet 

preparation begins with 8.10.2e. * * * 

For pieces meeting the standards in 

707.26.0, mailers may prepare the 

nonpalletized (residual) portion of a 

mailing in flat trays or approved 

alternate containers under 10.0. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the opening paragraph of 

items 8.10.2e and f as follows:] 

e. 5-digit carrier routes, required, 

except for trays; permitted for bundles, 

alternate containers, and trays. Pallet 

must contain only carrier route mail for 

the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling: 

* * * * * 

f. 5-digit, required, except for trays; 

permitted for bundles, alternate 

containers, and trays. Pallet must 

contain only automation price and/or 

Presorted price mail for the same 5-digit 

ZIP Code or the same 5-digit scheme 

under L007 (for automation- compatible 

flats only under 301.3.0). Five-digit 

scheme bundles are assigned to pallets 

according to the ‘‘label to’’ 5-digit ZIP 

Code in L007. Labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the opening paragraph of 

items 8.10.2h through j as follows:] 

h. SCF, required, permitted for 

bundles, alternate containers, and trays. 

Pallet may contain carrier route, 

automation price, and/or Presorted price 

mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in 

L005. Mailers may place origin mixed 

ADC (OMX) containers on origin SCF 

pallets. Labeling: 

* * * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13744 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

i. ADC, required, permitted for 

bundles, alternate containers, and trays. 

Pallet may contain carrier route, 

automation price, and/or Presorted price 

mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in 

L004. Labeling: 

* * * * * 

j. Local Surface Transport; required; 

no minimum, permitted for Origin 

Mixed ADC (OMX) trays, bundles and 

alternate containers. Pallet may contain 

carrier route, automation price, and/or 

presorted price mail. Labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 8.10.2k as follows:] 

k. Extended Surface Network; 

required; no minimum; permitted for 

bundles, trays and alternate containers. 

Pallet may contain carrier route, 

automation, and/or presorted mail. 

Pallets must not contain origin mixed 

ADC (OMX) trays, bundles or alternate 

containers. labeling: 

1. Line 1: ‘‘MXD’’ followed by L009, 

Column B for the facility serving the 3- 

digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS,’’ as 

applicable; followed by ‘‘FLTS,’’ 

‘‘IRREG,’’ or ‘‘LTRS,’’ as applicable; 

followed by ‘‘BARCODED’’ (or ‘‘BC’’) if 

pallet contains automation price mail; 

followed by ‘‘NONBARCODED’’ (or 

‘‘NBC’’) if pallet contains carrier route 

and/or Presorted price mail; followed by 

‘‘WKG.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 8.10.3 as follows:] 

8.10.3 Standard Mail—Bundles, 

Trays, or Alternate Containers 

[Revise the third and fourth sentences 

of 8.10.3 as follows:] 

* * * For irregular parcels, use this 

preparation only for pieces in carrier 

route bundles or bundles placed in 

approved alternate containers. Palletize 

unbundled or uncontainerized irregular 

parcels under 8.10.8. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise the opening paragraph of 

items 8.10.3b and c as follows:] 

b. 5-digit carrier routes, required 

except for trays, permitted for bundles, 

trays and approved alternate containers. 

Pallet must contain only carrier route 

mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code. 

Labeling: 

* * * * * 

c. 5-digit, required except for trays, 

permitted for bundles, trays and 

approved alternate containers. Pallet 

must contain only automation price 

and/or Presorted price mail for the same 

5-digit ZIP Code or same 5-digit scheme. 

5-digit scheme bundles and alternate 

containers are assigned to 5-digit pallets 

according to the ‘‘label to’’ 5-digit ZIP 

Code. Labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the first sentence of the 

opening paragraph of 8.10.3e as 

follows:] 

e. SCF, required, permitted for 

bundles, trays, and approved alternate 

containers. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise the opening paragraph of 

8.10.3f as follows:] 

f. ASF, required unless bundle 

reallocation used under 8.13, permitted 

for bundles, trays, and approved 

alternate containers. Pallet may contain 

carrier route, automation price, and/or 

Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP 

Code groups in L602. ADC bundles, 

trays, or alternate containers are 

assigned to pallets according to the 

‘‘label to’’ ZIP Code in L004 as 

appropriate. AADC trays are assigned to 

pallets according to the ‘‘label to’’ ZIP 

Code in L801. Labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 8.10.3g as follows:] 

g. NDC, required, permitted for 

bundles, trays, and approved alternate 

containers. Required for the Origin NDC 

pallet when volume reaches 150 

pounds. Pallet may contain carrier 

route, automation price, and/or 

Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP 

Code groups in L604 (L601 for parcels). 

ADC bundles, trays, or alternate 

containers are assigned to pallets 

according to the ‘‘label to’’ ZIP Code in 

L004 as appropriate. AADC trays are 

assigned to pallets according to the 

‘‘label to’’ ZIP Code in L801. Labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604 (L601 for parcels). 

2. Line 2: For flats and irregular 

parcels, ‘‘STD’’ followed by ‘‘FLTS’’ or 

‘‘IRREG,’’ as applicable; followed by 

‘‘NDC’’; followed by ‘‘BARCODED’’ (or 

‘‘BC’’) if pallet contains automation price 

mail; followed by ‘‘NONBARCODED’’ (or 

‘‘NBC’’) if pallet contains carrier route 

and/or Presorted price mail. For letters, 

‘‘STD LTRS NDC’’; followed by ‘‘BC’’ if 

pallet contains barcoded letters; 

followed by ‘‘MACH’’ if pallet contains 

machinable letters; followed by ‘‘MAN’’ 

if pallet contains nonmachinable letters. 

[Delete 8.10.3h in its entirety and add 

new 8.10.3h and i as follows:] 

h. Tier 2 Network, required, required, 

permitted for bundles, trays and 

approved alternate containers. Pallet 

may contain carrier route, automation, 

and/or Presorted price mail. Labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604 (L603 for parcels), 

Column C, based on information for the 

facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code 

prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for 

NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of 

entry Post Office. 

2. Line 2: For flats and irregular 

parcels, ‘‘STD’’ followed by ‘‘FLTS’’ or 

‘‘IRREG,’’ as applicable; followed by 

‘‘BARCODED’’ (or ‘‘BC’’) if pallet 

contains automation price mail; 

followed by ‘‘NONBARCODED’’ (or 

‘‘NBC’’) if pallet contains carrier route 

and/or Presorted price mail; followed by 

‘‘WKG.’’ For letters, ‘‘STD LTRS’’; 

followed by ‘‘BC’’ if pallet contains 

barcoded letters; followed by ‘‘MACH’’ if 

pallet contains machinable letters; 

followed by ‘‘MAN’’ if pallet contains 

nonmachinable letters; followed by 

‘‘WKG.’’ 

i. Directional Tier 2 Network (required 

for specified acceptance locations); if 

the origin NDC of the acceptance 

and/or induction facility is Chicago, 

Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling 

List 604 (L603 for parcels) to separate 

the remaining mail into two east or west 

directionally-based containers; if the 

origin NDC is San Francisco, use 

Labeling List 604 (L603 for parcels) to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; required; permitted for 

bundles, trays and approved alternate 

containers. Pallet may contain carrier 

route, automation, and/or Presorted 

price mail. Labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604 (L603 for parcels), 

Column C, based on information for the 

facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code 

prefix of entry Post Office. 

2. Line 2: For flats and irregular 

parcels, ‘‘STD’’ followed by ‘‘FLTS’’ or 

‘‘IRREG,’’ as applicable; followed by 

‘‘BARCODED’’ (or ‘‘BC’’) if pallet 

contains automation price mail; 

followed by ‘‘NONBARCODED’’ (or 

‘‘NBC’’) if pallet contains carrier route 

and/or Presorted price mail; followed by 

‘‘WKG.’’ For letters, ‘‘STD LTRS’’; 

followed by ‘‘BC’’ if pallet contains 

barcoded letters; followed by ‘‘MACH’’ if 

pallet contains machinable letters; 

followed by ‘‘MAN’’ if pallet contains 

nonmachinable letters; followed by 

‘‘WKG.’’ 

[Revise title of 8.10.4 as follows:] 

8.10.4 Package Services Flats— 

Bundles or Alternate Containers 

[Revise the sixth sentence of 8.10.4 as 

follows:] 

* * * For mailings of alternate 

containers placed on pallets, pallet 

preparation begins with 8.10.4b. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise the opening paragraph of 

items 8.10.4b and c as follows:] 

b. 5-digit carrier routes, required, 

permitted for bundles and approved 

alternate containers. Pallet must contain 

only carrier route mail for the same 

5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling: 

* * * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13745 

c. 5-digit, required, permitted for 

bundles and approved alternate 

containers. Pallet must contain only 

Presorted price mail with or without a 

barcode for the same 5-digit ZIP Code or 

same 5-digit scheme under L007 (for 

automation-compatible flats only under 

301.3.0). Five-digit scheme bundles are 

assigned to pallets according to the 

‘‘label to’’ 5-digit ZIP Code in L007. 

Labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the opening paragraph of 

items 8.10.4e through f as follows:] 

e. SCF, required, permitted for 

bundles and approved alternate 

containers. Pallet may contain carrier 

route and/or Presorted mail for the 

3-digit ZIP Code groups in L005. 

Labeling: 

* * * * * 

f. ASF, required, permitted for 

bundles and approved alternate 

containers. Pallet may contain carrier 

route and/or Presorted price mail with 

or without a barcode for the 3-digit ZIP 

Code groups in L602. ADC bundles or 

alternate containers are assigned to 

pallets according to the ‘‘label to’’ ZIP 

Code in L004. At the mailer’s option, 

appropriate mixed ADC bundles or 

alternate containers may be sorted to 

ASF pallets according to the ‘‘label to’’ 

ZIP Code in L010. All mixed ADC 

bundles and alternate containers must 

contain only pieces destinating within 

the ASF as shown in Exhibit 6.2.3. 

Labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 8.10.4g as follows:] 

g. NDC, required, permitted for 

bundles and approved alternate 

containers. Required for the Origin NDC 

pallet when volume reaches 150 

pounds. Pallet may contain carrier route 

and/or Presorted price mail with or 

without a barcode for the 3-digit ZIP 

Code groups in L601. ADC bundles or 

alternate containers are assigned to 

pallets according to the ‘‘label to’’ ZIP 

Code in L004. At the mailer’s option, 

appropriate mixed ADC bundles or 

alternate containers may be sorted to 

NDC pallets according to the ‘‘label to’’ 

ZIP Code in L010. All mixed ADC 

bundles and alternate containers must 

contain only pieces destinating within 

the NDC as shown in Exhibit 6.2.3. 

Labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NDC’’; 

followed by ‘‘BARCODED’’ (or ‘‘BC’’) if 

pallet contains Presorted price mail 

with a barcode; followed by 

‘‘NONBARCODED’’ (or ‘‘NBC’’) if pallet 

contains carrier route and/or Presorted 

price mail without a barcode. 

[Delete current 8.10.4h in its entirety 

and add new 8.10.4h and i as follows:] 

h. Tier 2 Network, required, permitted 

for trays, bundles and approved 

alternate containers. Pallet may contain 

carrier route and/or Presorted price 

mail. Labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office Column B, for NDC serving 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS WKG.’’ 

i. Directional Tier 2 Network (required 

for specified acceptance locations); if 

the origin NDC of the acceptance 

and/or induction facility is Chicago, 

Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603, 

Column B, to separate the remaining 

mail into two east or west directionallybased containers; if the origin NDC is 

San Francisco, use L603, Column B, to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; required; permitted for trays, 

bundles and approved alternate 

containers. Pallet may contain carrier 

route and/or Presorted price mail. 

Labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS WKG.’’ 

[Revise title of 8.10.5 as follows:] 

8.10.5 Package Services Irregular 

Parcels—Bundles or Alternate 

Containers 

[Revise the sixth sentence of 8.10.5 as 

follows:] 

* * * For mailings of approved 

alternate containers placed on pallets, 

pallet preparation begins with 8.10.5e. 

* * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise the opening paragraph of 

items 8.10.5e and f as follows:] 

e. 5-digit carrier routes, required, 

permitted for bundles and approved 

alternate containers. Pallet must contain 

only carrier route mail for the same 

5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling: 

* * * * * 

f. 5-digit, required, permitted for 

bundles and approved alternate 

containers. Pallet must contain only 

Presorted price mail for the same 5-digit 

ZIP Code. Labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the opening paragraph of 

items 8.10.5h through j as follows:] 

h. SCF, required, permitted for 

bundles and approved alternate 

containers. Pallet may contain carrier 

route and/or Presorted price mail for the 

3-digit ZIP Code groups in L005. 

Labeling: 

* * * * * 

i. ASF, required, permitted for 

bundles and approved alternate 

containers. Pallet may contain carrier 

route and/or Presorted price mail for the 

3-digit ZIP Code groups in L602. ADC 

trays, bundles or alternate containers are 

assigned to pallets according to the 

‘‘label to’’ ZIP Code in L004. At the 

mailer’s option, appropriate mixed ADC 

bundles or alternate containers may be 

sorted to ASF pallets according to the 

‘‘label to’’ ZIP Code in L010. All mixed 

ADC bundles and alternate containers 

must contain only pieces destinating 

within the ASF as shown in Exhibit 

6.2.3. Labeling: 

* * * * * 

j. NDC, required, permitted for 

bundles and approved alternate 

containers. No minimum for the Origin 

NDC pallet. Pallet may contain carrier 

route and/or Presorted price mail for the 

3-digit ZIP Code groups in L601. ADC 

(L004) bundles or approved alternate 

containers are assigned to pallets 

according to the ‘‘label to’’ ZIP Code in 

L004. At the mailer’s option, 

appropriate mixed ADC bundles or 

alternate containers may be sorted to 

NDC pallets according to the ‘‘label to’’ 

ZIP Code in L010. All mixed ADC 

bundles and alternate containers must 

contain only pieces destinating within 

the NDC as shown in Exhibit 6.2.3. 

Labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Delete current 8.10.5k in its entirety 

and add new items 8.10.5k and l as 

follows:] 

k. Tier 2 Network, required, permitted 

for bundles and approved alternate 

containers. Pallet may contain carrier 

route and/or Presorted price mail. 

Labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office Column B, for NDC serving 3- 

digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’ 

l. Directional Tier 2 Network (required 

for specified acceptance locations); if 

the origin NDC of the acceptance 

and/or induction facility is Chicago, 

Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use L603 to separate the 

remaining mail into two north or south 

directionally-based containers; required; 

permitted for bundles and approved 

alternate containers. 

Pallet may contain carrier route 

and/or Presorted price mail. Labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13746 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC IRREG WKG.’’ 

8.10.6 Package Services, Parcel Select 

* * * Pallets must be labeled 

according to the Line 1 and Line 2 

information listed below and under 8.6. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the opening paragraph of 

8.10.6d as follows:] 

d. NDC, required. Pallets must contain 

only parcels or NFMs for the 3-digit ZIP 

Code groups in L601. Labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Delete current 8.10.6e in its entirety 

and add new items 8.10.6e and f as 

follows:] 

e. Tier 2 Network, required, no 

minimum. Labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office Column B, for NDC serving 3- 

digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH WKG,’’ ‘‘STD 

NFM MACH WKG,’’ or ‘‘PSVC MACH 

WKG,’’ as applicable. 

f. Directional Tier 2 Network (required 

for specified acceptance locations); if 

the origin NDC of the acceptance 

and/or induction facility is Chicago, 

Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use L603 to separate the 

remaining mail into two north or south 

directionally-based containers; required. 

Labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH WKG,’’ ‘‘STD 

NFM MACH WKG,’’ or ‘‘PSVC MACH 

WKG,’’ as applicable. 

8.10.7 Standard Mail Machinable 

Parcels and Not Flat-Machinable Pieces 

Weighing 6 Ounces or More 

* * * Pallets must be labeled 

according to Line 1 and Line 2 

information listed below and under 8.6. 

* * * * * 

[Delete current 8.10.7f in its entirety 

and add new items 8.10.6 f and g as 

follows:] 

f. Tier 2 Network, required; no 

minimum. Labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office Column B, for NDC serving 3- 

digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH WKG’’ or ‘‘STD 

NFM MACH WKG’’ as applicable. 

g. Directional Tier 2 Network 

(required for specified acceptance 

locations); if the origin NDC of the 

acceptance and/or induction facility is 

Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use 

L603 to separate the remaining mail into 

two east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use L603 to separate the 

remaining mail into two north or south 

directionally-based containers; required; 

no minimum. Labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD MACH WKG’’ or ‘‘STD 

NFM MACH WKG’’ as applicable. 

8.10.8 Standard Mail Irregular 

Parcels Weighing 2 Ounces or More 

[Revise the first and last sentence of 

the introductory paragraph of 8.10.8 as 

follows:] 

Mailers who palletize unbundled or 

uncontainerized irregular parcels must 

make pallets or pallet boxes when there 

are 250 pounds or more for the 

destination levels below for DNDC, 

DSCF, or DDU prices. * * * Mailers 

may not prepare tubes, rolls, and similar 

pieces or pieces that weigh less than 2 

ounces on pallets or in pallet boxes, 

except for pieces in carrier route 

bundles or in alternate containers under 

8.10.3. 

* * * * * 

[Delete current 8.10.8g in its entirety 

and add new items 8.10.8g and h as 

follows:] 

g. Tier 2 Network, required, no 

minimum. Labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office Column B, for NDC serving 3- 

digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD IRREG WKG.’’ 

h. Directional Tier 2 Network 

(required for specified acceptance 

locations); if the origin NDC of the 

acceptance and/or induction facility is 

Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use 

L603 to separate the remaining mail into 

two east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use L603 to separate the 

remaining mail into two north or south 

directionally-based containers; no 

minimum. Labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD IRREG WKG.’’ 

8.10.9 Standard Mail Not FlatMachinable Pieces Weighing Less Than 

6 Ounces 

[Revise the first sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 8.10.9 as 

follows:] 

Mailers must prepare uncontainerized 

pieces on pallets or in pallet boxes 

when there are 250 pounds or more of 

NFMs for the destination levels below 

for DNDC, DSCF, or DDU prices. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Delete current 8.10.9g in its entirety 

and add new items 8.10.9g and h as 

follows:] 

g. Tier 2 Network, required, no 

minimum. Labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office Column B, for NDC serving 3- 

digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM WKG.’’ 

h. Directional Tier 2 Network 

(required for specified acceptance 

locations); if the origin NDC of the 

acceptance and/or induction facility is 

Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use 

L603 to separate the remaining mail into 

two east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use L603 to separate the 

remaining mail into two north or south 

directionally-based containers; no 

minimum. Labeling: 

1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on 

information for the facility serving the 

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD NFM WKG.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 8.14 as follows:] 

8.14 Pallets of Bundles, Trays, and 

Alternate Containers 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 8.14.3 as follows:] 

8.14.3 NDC and Mixed Tier 2 Network 

Pallets 

[Revise the last sentence of 8.14.3 as 

follows:] 

* * * A NDC, tier 2 network or 

directional tier 2 network (trays and 

approved alternate containers only) 

pallet may include pieces that are 

eligible for the DNDC price and others 

that are ineligible 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of 8.15 as 

follows:] 

8.15 Approved Alternate Containers 

All flat trays, approved alternate 

containers or sacks remaining after all 

pallets are prepared may be presented 

with the palletized mailing (on the same 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13747 

postage statement) if the containers are 

set apart from the palletized portion of 

the mailing. 

8.16 Copalletized Flat-Size Pieces— 

Periodicals or Standard Mail 

* * * * * 

8.16.2 Periodicals 

Additional standards are as follows: 

* * * * * 

c. * * * Approval is based on the 

mailer’s demonstrated ability to provide 

documentation meeting these standards: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 8.16.2c6 as follows:] 

6. If a portion of the mailing is placed 

in approved alternate containers and 

presented with the copalletized portion, 

a report by container showing the 

number of pieces (and copies) at each 

presort level. 

* * * * * 

8.18 Parcel Select—Network 

Distribution Center (NDC) Presort 

Discount 

8.18.1 Machinable Parcels 

To qualify for the NDC Presort 

discount: 

[Revise the last sentence of 8.18.1a as 

follows:] 

a. * * * Preparation directly on 

pallets, or in other containers is not 

permitted. 

* * * * * 

8.18.2 Nonmachinable Parcels 

To qualify for the NDC Presort 

discount: 

[Revise the last sentence of 8.18.2a as 

follows:] 

a. * * * Preparation in other 

containers, or directly on pallets, is not 

permitted. 

* * * * * 

8.20 Parcel Select DSCF Prices— 

Parcels on Pallets 

8.20.1 Basic Preparation, Parcels on 

Pallets 

[Revise the introductory sentence of 

8.20.1 as follows:] 

Unless prepared under 8.20.2, in 

sacks, or approved alternate containers, 

mail must be prepared for the DSCF 

price as follows: 

* * * * * 

c. Overflow. After filling a pallet(s) to 

a 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit 

destination, any remaining pieces that 

do not meet the minimum pallet 

requirements may be prepared in one or 

both of the following ways: 

[Revise text of 8.20.1c1 as follows:] 

1. Placed in 5-digit scheme or 5-digit, 

overflow sacks, flat trays or approved 

alternate containers; or in or 3-digit flat 

trays or approved alternate containers 

(no minimum number of pieces per 

sack, tray or container); that are labeled 

in accordance with the 5-digit scheme, 

5-digit, or 3-digit containerization 

requirements for the DSCF price in 

455.4.2. Overflow pieces sacked, trayed 

or containerized in this manner are 

eligible for the DSCF prices. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 8.20.1g as follows:] 

g. Separation. If sacks, trays or 

approved alternate containers prepared 

under 455 are included in the same 

mailing as pallets prepared under this 

section, at the time of acceptance the 

mailer must separate those sacks, trays 

or containers that are overflow from the 

palletized mail from those sacks, trays 

or containers that were prepared under 

the provisions of 455. 

8.20.2 Alternate Preparation, Parcels 

on Pallets 

DSCF price mailings not prepared 

under 8.20.1 may be prepared as 

follows: 

[Revise the first sentence of 8.20.2a as 

follows:] 

a. General. All DSCF pieces in the 

mailing must be sorted to 5-digit 

scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit destinations 

under 8.20.2 (i.e., mail prepared under 

8.20.1 and mail prepared under 455.4.2 

must not be included in a mailing 

prepared under 8.20.2). * * * 

* * * * * 

c. Overflow. After filling pallets to a 

5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit 

destination, any remaining pieces that 

do not meet the minimum pallet 

requirements may be prepared in one or 

both of the following ways: 

[Revise 8.20.2c1 as follows:] 

1. Placed in 5-digit scheme or 5-digit, 

overflow sacks, flat trays or approved 

alternate containers; or in or 3-digit flat 

trays or approved alternate containers 

(no minimum number of pieces per 

sack, tray or container); that are labeled 

in accordance with the 5-digit scheme, 

5-digit, or 3-digit containerization 

requirements for the DSCF price in 

455.4.2. Overflow pieces sacked, trayed 

or containerized in this manner are 

eligible for the DSCF prices. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the last sentence of 8.20.2g as 

follows:] 

g. Documentation. * * * This 

documentation must not include: Pieces 

prepared in overflow sacks, trays or 

alternate containers at the DSCF prices, 

pieces prepared on overflow pallets at 

the DNDC prices, or pieces claimed at 

any other price in the mailing. 

8.20.3 5-Digit ZIP Codes for Which 

Pallets May Not Be Prepared 

[Revise the last sentence of 8.20.3 as 

follows:] 

* * * If a facility cannot handle 

pallets, the DSCF price is not applicable 

unless the mail can be prepared under 

the containerization requirements in 

455.4.2. 

[Revise title of 8.21 as follows:] 

8.21 Parcel Select DSCF Prices— 

Containers on Pallets 

[Revise the third sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 8.21 as 

follows:] 

* * * See 8.20.1g for requirements 

concerning separation of sacks, trays or 

approved alternate containers under 

455.4.2 from sacks, trays or alternate 

containers prepared under 8.20.1. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 9.0 as follows:] 

9.0 Combining Bundles of Automation 

and Nonautomation Flats in Trays and 

Alternate Containers 

* * * * * 

9.2 Periodicals 

9.2.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

9.2.1 as follows:] 

Bundles of flat-size pieces in a 

machinable barcoded price mailing 

must be cotrayed, or combined in 

approved alternate containers, with 

bundles of flat-size pieces in a 

machinable nonbarcoded mailing under 

the following conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 9.2.1b through f as 

follows:] 

b. The machinable barcoded mailing 

must meet the eligibility criteria in 

707.14.0, except that the traying and 

documentation criteria in 9.2.1, 9.2.3, 

and 9.2.4 must be met rather than the 

traying and documentation criteria in 

707.25.0. 

c. The machinable nonbarcoded 

mailing must meet the eligibility criteria 

in 707.12.0, except that the traying and 

documentation criteria in 9.2.1, 9.2.3, 

and 9.2.4 must be met rather than the 

criteria in 707.25.0. 

d. The bundles must be sorted into 

the same trays or approved alternate 

containers under 9.2.3 and 9.2.4. 

e. A complete postage statement(s) 

must accompany each mailing job 

prepared under these procedures. 

Standardized documentation under 

708.1.0 must also be submitted with 

each cotrayed mailing job that describes 

for each tray sortation level the number 

of pieces qualifying for each applicable 

price. 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13748 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

f. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 

must be used to label trays or 

containers. 

* * * * * 

9.2.3 Bundles With Fewer Than Six 

Pieces 

[Revise the second sentence of 9.2.3 

as follows:] 

* * * These low-volume bundles 

may be placed in 5-digit, 3-digit, and 

SCF trays or alternate containers that 

contain at least 24 pieces or on 5-digit, 

3-digit, or SCF pallets. * * * 

[Revise title of 9.2.4 as follows:] 

9.2.4 Tray Preparation and Labeling 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

9.2.4 as follows:] 

Machinable barcoded price and 

machinable nonbarcoded price bundles 

must be presorted together into trays 

(cotrayed), or combined in approved 

alternate containers in the sequence 

listed below. Trays or containers must 

be labeled under 9.2.4a through g for 

Lines 1 and 2 and 707.21.0 for other tray 

label criteria. 

[Revise 9.2.4a as follows:] 

a. 5-digit/scheme, required; scheme 

sort required only for pieces meeting the 

criteria in 301.3.0; 24-piece minimum, 

fewer pieces not permitted; labeling: 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, 

sacks or containers, use L007, Column 

B. For 5-digit trays, sacks or containers, 

use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code 

destination on pieces. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS’’ as 

applicable and, for 5-digit scheme trays 

or containers, ‘‘FLT 5D SCH BC/NBC’’; 

for 5-digit trays or containers, ‘‘FLT 5D 

BC/NBC.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Revise the opening paragraph of 

9.2.4f as follows:] 

f. Local Surface Transport, required, 

required for any remaining pieces for 

destinations in L201, Column B, 

corresponding to the origin ZIP Code in 

Column A. There is no minimum for the 

number of pieces in the tray or 

authorized container, but bundles of 

fewer than six pieces at 5-digit, 3-digit, 

and ADC bundle levels are not 

permitted. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the opening paragraph of 

9.2.4g as follows:] 

g. Extended Surface Network, 

required, no minimum, except that 

bundles of fewer than six pieces at 5- 

digit, 3-digit, and ADC bundle levels are 

not permitted. Labeling: 

* * * * * 

9.2.5 Optional Tray Preparation— 

Machinable Flat-Size Pieces 

[Revise the first sentence of 9.2.5 as 

follows:] 

As an option, mailers may place 

unbundled and bundled machinable 

pieces meeting the criteria in 301.3.0 in 

flats trays (see 707.20.4). * * * 

* * * * * 

9.3 Standard Mail 

9.3.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise the introductory sentence of 

9.3.1 as follows:] 

Bundles of flats in an automation 

mailing must be cotrayed or placed in 

approved alternate containers with 

bundles of flats in a Presorted mailing 

under the following conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 9.3.1c and d as follows:] 

c. The automation mailing must meet 

the eligibility criteria in 343.7.0, except 

that the traying and documentation 

criteria in 9.3.1, 9.3.4, and 9.3.5 must be 

met rather than the criteria in 345.7.0. 

d. The Presorted mailing must meet 

the eligibility criteria in 343.2.0 and 

343.3.0, except that the traying and 

documentation criteria in 9.3.1, 9.3.4, 

and 9.3.5 must be met rather than the 

criteria in 345.5.0. 

[Revise the second sentence of 9.3.1e 

as follows:] 

e. * * * The prices for pieces in the 

Presorted price mailing are based on the 

number of pieces in the bundle and the 

level of tray or alternate container in 

which they are placed under 343.3.6 

and 343.3.7. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 9.3.1g as follows:] 

g. The bundles prepared from the 

automation mailing and the bundles 

prepared from the Presorted mailing 

must be sorted into the same trays or 

alternate containers as described in 

9.3.4 and 9.3.5. 

[Revise the second sentence of 9.3.1h 

as follows:] 

h. * * * In addition to the applicable 

postage statement, standardized 

documentation under 708.1.0 must be 

submitted with each cotrayed mailing 

job that describes for each tray or 

container sortation level the number of 

pieces qualifying for each automation 

price and the number of pieces 

qualifying for each Presorted price. 

[Revise 9.3.1i as follows:] 

i. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 

must be used to label trays or alternate 

containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of 9.3.4 as 

follows:] 

9.3.4 Traying or Containerization 

Under 125-Piece or 15-Pound Rules 

When the minimum quantity of 125 

pieces or 15 pounds of mail is specified 

for a tray or authorized alternative 

container sortation level in 9.3.5, the 

provisions of 345.7.4.2 apply. 

[Revise title of 9.3.5 as follows:] 

9.3.5 Tray Preparation and Labeling 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

9.3.5 as follows:] 

Presorted and automation bundles 

prepared under 9.3.2 and 9.3.3 must be 

presorted together into trays (cotrayed), 

or placed in authorized alternate 

containers, in the sequence listed below. 

Trays or alternate containers must be 

labeled using 9.3.5a through g for Lines 

1 and 2, and 345.4.0 for other tray label 

criteria. 

[Revise 9.3.5a as follows:] 

a. 5-digit/scheme, required; scheme 

sort required, only for pieces meeting 

the automation-compatibility criteria in 

301.3.0; 125-piece/15-pound minimum; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or 

containers, use L007, Column B. For 5- 

digit trays or containers, use city, state, 

and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on 

pieces. 

2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or 

containers, ‘‘STD FLT 5D SCH BC/NBC’’; 

for 5-digit sacks, ‘‘STD FLT 5D BC/ 

NBC.’’ 

* * * * * 

[Delete current 9.3.5e in its entirety 

and add new items 9.3.5e through g as 

follows:] 

e. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS NDC BC/NBC.’’ 

f. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS BC/NBC WKG.’’ 

g. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘STD FLTS BC/NBC WKG.’’ 

* * * * * 

9.4 Bound Printed Matter 

9.4.1 Basic Standards 

Bundles of flat-size pieces in a 

Presorted mailing qualifying for and 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13749 

claiming the barcode discount under 

363.2.0, 363.3.0, and 363.5.0 must be 

cotrayed, or combined in approved 

alternate containers, with bundles of 

presorted flat-size pieces not claiming 

the barcode discount under the 

following conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 9.4.1c and d as follows:] 

c. The Presorted barcode-discount 

mailing must meet the eligibility criteria 

in 363.2.0, 363.3.0, and 363.5.0, the mail 

preparation standards in 365.7.0, the 

traying requirements in 9.4.4, and the 

documentation criteria in 9.4.1h. 

d. The Presorted mailing must meet 

the eligibility criteria in 363.2.0, 

363.3.0, and 363.5.0, the mail 

preparation standards in 365.5.0, the 

traying requirements in 9.4.4, and the 

documentation criteria in 9.4.1h. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 9.4.1g as follows:] 

g. The bundles must be sorted into the 

same tray or alternate container as 

described in 9.4.4. 

[Revise the second sentence of 9.4.1h 

as follows:] 

h. * * * In addition to the applicable 

postage statement, standardized 

documentation under 708.1.0 must be 

submitted with each cotrayed mailing 

job that describes for each tray or 

container sortation level the number of 

pieces qualifying for the barcode 

discount and the number of pieces 

qualifying for each applicable Presorted 

price. 

[Revise 9.3.1i as follows:] 

i. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 

must be used to label trays or alternate 

containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 9.4.4 as follows:] 

9.4.4 Tray Preparation and Labeling 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

9.4.4 as follows:] 

Bundles of Presorted pieces qualifying 

for and claiming the barcode discount 

and Presorted pieces prepared under 

9.4.2 or 9.4.3 must be presorted together 

in trays (cotrayed), or combined in 

approved alternate containers, using the 

following preparation sequence and 

labeling: 

[Revise 9.4.4a as follows:] 

a. 5-digit/scheme, required; scheme 

sort required, only for pieces meeting 

the automation-compatibility criteria in 

301.3.0; minimum 20 addressed pieces; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or 

containers, use L007, Column B. For 5- 

digit trays or containers, use city, state, 

and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on 

pieces. 

2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or 

containers, ‘‘PSVC FLT 5D SCH BC/ 

NBC’’; for 5-digit trays or containers, 

‘‘PSVC FLT 5D BC/NBC.’’ 

[Revise the opening paragraph of item 

b as follows:] 

b. 3-digit, required, except for 

optional bundles with 3-digit ZIP Code 

prefixes indicated by an ‘‘N’’ in L002, 

when optional SCF trays or containers 

are prepared; minimum 20 addressed 

pieces; labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Delete current 9.4.4e in its entirety 

and add new items 9.4.4e through g as 

follows:] 

e. Origin Network Distribution Center 

(NDC) Network (required); no minimum; 

labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS NDC BC/NBC.’’ 

f. Tier 2 Network (required); no 

minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS BC/NBC 

WKG.’’ 

g. Tier 2 Network (required for 

specified acceptance locations); if the 

origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or 

Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

east or west directionally-based 

containers; if the origin NDC is San 

Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to 

separate the remaining mail into two 

north or south directionally-based 

containers; no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: L604, Column C. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PSVC FLTS BC/NBC 

WKG.’’ 

[Revise title of 705.10 as follows:] 

10.0 Merging Bundles of Flats on 

Pallets or in Trays Using the City State 

Product 

10.1 Periodicals 

10.1.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

10.1.1 as follows:] 

Carrier route bundles in a carrier 

route mailing may be placed on the 

same pallet or in the same tray or 

approved alternate container as 5-digit 

bundles from a machinable barcoded 

mailing and 5-digit bundles from a 

machinable nonbarcoded mailing 

(including pieces cobundled under 11.0) 

under the following conditions: 

[Revise 10.1.1a as follows:] 

a. A carrier route mailing must be part 

of the mailing job, unless cobundled 

under 11.0 using 5-digit scheme (L007) 

or 3-digit scheme (L008) bundle 

preparation, and trayed or placed in 

alternate containers under 10.1.4. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the first sentence of 10.1.1c as 

follows:] 

c. Pieces in the machinable price 

mailing must meet the flats criteria in 

301.3.0. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise 10.1.1e through j as follows:] 

e. Carrier route bundles may be 

copalletized, cotrayed in combined in 

approved alternate containers with 

machinable barcoded 5-digit bundles, 

machinable nonbarcoded 5-digit 

bundles, and cobundled 5-digit bundles 

only for those 5-digit ZIP Codes that 

have an ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the 

Carrier Route Indicators field in the City 

State Product indicating eligibility for 

such copalletization or cotraying. 

Containers of mail sorted in this manner 

are called ‘‘merged 5-digit’’ pallets or 

trays. Containers of mail sorted in this 

manner for which scheme (L001) 

sortation is also performed are called 

‘‘merged 5-digit scheme’’ pallets or trays. 

Pieces in 5-digit scheme (L007) bundles 

may not be placed in merged 

5-digit containers. 

f. If sortation under this section is 

performed, merged 5-digit pallets, trays 

or approved alternate containers must 

be prepared for all 5-digit ZIP Codes 

with an ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the City 

State Product that permits such 

preparation when there is enough 

volume for the 5-digit ZIP Code to 

prepare such a tray or alternate 

container under 10.1.4 or such a pallet 

under 10.1.5. In addition, all possible 

merged 5-digit scheme trays or 

containers must be prepared under 

10.1.4, or all possible merged 5-digit 

scheme and 5-digit scheme pallets must 

be prepared under 10.1.5. 

g. For mailings prepared in trays or 

approved alternate containers, mailers 

may not combine firm bundles and 5- 

digit scheme pieces in 5-digit scheme 

bundles or in 5-digit scheme trays or 

containers. Firm bundles must be 

placed in a separate individual 5-digit 

tray or container under 10.1.4g to 

maintain 5-digit price eligibility. 

Mailers may combine firm bundles with 

5-digit scheme, 3-digit scheme, and 

other presort destination bundles in 

carrier route, 5-digit, 3-digit, SCF, ADC, 

and mixed ADC trays or containers. 

Only an In-County firm bundle can 

contribute toward the six-piece 

minimum for price eligibility. 

h. The bundles from each separated 

mailing must be sorted together into 

trays or approved alternate containers 

(cotrayed) under 10.1.4 or on pallets 

(copalletized) under 10.1.5 using presort 

software that is PAVE-certified. 

i. A complete, signed postage 

statement(s), using the correct USPS 

form or an approved facsimile, must 

accompany each mailing job prepared 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13750 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

under these procedures. In addition to 

the postage statement(s), documentation 

prepared by PAVE-certified software 

must be submitted with each cotrayed 

or copalletized mailing job that 

describes for each tray or container 

sortation level and tray or container, or 

each pallet sortation level and pallet, 

the number of pieces qualifying for each 

applicable price. 

j. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 

must be used to label trays or alternate 

containers. 

10.1.2 Bundle Preparation 

Bundles must be prepared as follows: 

[Revise the first sentence of 10.1.2a as 

follows:] 

a. Trayed mailings, or mailings 

prepared in approved alternate 

containers. * * * 

* * * * * 

10.1.3 Bundles With Fewer Than Six 

Pieces 

[Revise the last sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 10.1.3 as 

follows:] 

* * * Low-volume bundles are 

permitted only when they are prepared 

on pallets, trayed or placed in approved 

alternate containers as follows: 

a. Place low-volume carrier route, 

5-digit, 3-digit scheme, and 3-digit 

bundles in only the following 

containers: 

[Revise 10.1.3a1 through a3 as 

follows:] 

1. Carrier route, merged 5-digit 

scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier routes, 

merged 5-digit, 5-digit carrier routes, 5- 

digit, 3-digit, and SCF trays or alternate 

containers that contain at least 24 

pieces. 

2. Merged 3-digit trays or alternate 

containers that contain at least one sixpiece carrier route bundle. 

3. Origin/entry SCF trays or alternate 

containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 10.1.3b as follows:] 

b. Place low-volume 5-digit scheme 

bundles in only 5-digit scheme, 3-digit, 

and SCF trays or alternate containers 

that contain at least 24 pieces, or in 

origin/entry SCF trays or alternate 

containers, or on 3-digit or SCF pallets, 

as appropriate. 

[Revise title of 10.1.4 as follows:] 

10.1.4 Tray Preparation and Labeling 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

10.1.4 as follows:] 

Mailers must prepare trays or 

approved alternate containers for the 

individual carrier route and 5-digit 

bundles from the carrier route, 

barcoded, and nonbarcoded price 

mailings in the mailing job in the 

following manner and sequence. All 

carrier route bundles must be placed in 

trays or alternate containers under 

10.1.4a through 10.1.4e and 10.1.4h as 

described below. When sorting is 

performed under this section, mailers 

must prepare merged 5-digit scheme 

trays or alternate containers, 5-digit 

scheme carrier routes trays or alternate 

containers, and merged 5-digit trays or 

alternate containers for all possible 5- 

digit schemes or 5-digit ZIP Codes as 

applicable, using L001 (merged 5-digit 

scheme and 5-digit scheme carrier 

routes sort only) and the Carrier Route 

Indicators field in the City State Product 

when there is enough volume for the 5- 

digit scheme or 5-digit ZIP Code to 

prepare such trays or alternate 

containers under 10.1.4. Mailers must 

label trays or alternate containers 

according to the Line 1 and Line 2 

information listed below and under 

707.20.1. If a mailing job does not 

contain barcoded pieces and the carrier 

route pieces and the nonbarcoded 

pieces are irregular parcel shaped, use 

‘‘IRREG’’ for the processing category on 

the contents line of the label. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the last two sentences of the 

opening paragraph of 10.1.4b as 

follows:] 

b. * * * For 5-digit ZIP Code(s) in a 

scheme that has a ‘‘B’’ or ‘‘D’’ indicator 

in the City State Product, prepare tray(s) 

or alternate container(s) under 10.1.4g 

and 10.1.4h. For 5-digit ZIP Codes not 

included in a scheme, prepare trays or 

alternate containers under 10.1.4d 

through 10.1.4h. Labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the last sentence of the 

opening paragraph of 10.1.4c as 

follows:] 

c. * * * Mailers must prepare this 

tray or container if there are any carrier 

route bundle(s) for such a scheme. 

Labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the second sentence of the 

opening paragraph of 10.1.4e as 

follows:] 

e. * * * Include only carrier route 

bundles for a 5-digit ZIP Code 

remaining after preparing trays or 

alternate containers under 10.1.4a 

through 10.1.4d. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise the opening paragraph of 

items 10.1.4h and i as follows:] 

h. Merged 3-digit. May contain carrier 

route bundles, any 5-digit and 5-digit 

scheme bundles remaining after 

preparing trays or alternate containers 

under 10.1.4a through 10.1.4g, and any 

3-digit and 3-digit scheme bundles. 

When preparation of this tray level is 

permitted, mailers must prepare a tray 

or alternate container if there are any 

remaining carrier route bundles for the 

3-digit area. Required with at least one 

six-piece carrier route bundle. Must 

contain at least one carrier route bundle 

for the 3-digit area, or a minimum of 24 

pieces. Labeling: 

* * * * * 

i. SCF through extended surface 

network. Any 5-digit scheme and 5-digit 

bundles remaining after preparing trays 

or alternate containers under 10.1.4a 

through 10.1.4h and all 3-digit, 3-digit 

scheme, ADC, origin mixed ADC, and 

mixed ADC bundles must be trayed or 

placed in alternate containers and 

labeled under 9.2 for cotraying of 

barcoded and nonbarcoded bundles, 

except if there are no barcoded bundles 

in the mailing job, tray or place in an 

alternate container and label under 

707.22.6, or if there are no nonbarcoded 

price bundles in the mailing job, tray or 

containerize and label under 707.25.4. 

* * * * * 

10.2 Standard Mail 

10.2.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

10.2.1 as follows:] 

Carrier route bundles from a carrier 

route mailing may be placed on the 

same pallet, in the same tray or in an 

approved alternate container as 5-digit 

bundles from an automation mailing 

and 5-digit bundles from a Presorted 

mailing (including pieces cobundled 

under 11.0) under the following 

conditions: 

[Revise 10.2.1a as follows:] 

a. A carrier route mailing must be part 

of the mailing job, unless cobundled 

under 11.0 utilizing 5-digit scheme 

(L007) or 3-digit scheme (L008) bundle 

preparation and trayed or placed in 

alternate containers under 10.1.4. 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 10.2.1e through g as 

follows:] 

e. Carrier route bundles may be 

copalletized, cotrayed or placed in 

alternate containers with automation 5- 

digit bundles, Presorted 5-digit bundles, 

and cobundled 5-digit bundles only for 

those 5-digit ZIP Codes that have an ‘‘A’’ 

or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the Carrier Route 

Indicators field in the City State Product 

indicating eligibility for such 

copalletization or cotraying. Containers 

of mail sorted in this manner are called 

‘‘merged 5-digit’’ pallets, trays or 

containers. Containers of mail sorted in 

this manner for which scheme (L001) 

sortation is also performed are called 

‘‘merged 5-digit scheme’’ pallets, trays or 

containers. Pieces in 5-digit scheme 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13751 

(L007) bundles may not be placed in 

merged 5-digit containers. 

f. If sortation under this section is 

performed, merged 5-digit pallets, trays 

or alternate containers must be prepared 

for all 5-digit ZIP Codes with an ‘‘A’’ or 

‘‘C’’ indicator in the City State Product 

that permits such preparation when 

there is enough volume for the 5-digit 

ZIP Code to prepare that pallet, tray or 

container. 

g. For trayed or containerized 

mailings, the prices for pieces in the 

carrier route mailing are based on the 

criteria in 343.6.0, the prices for pieces 

in the automation mailing are applied 

based on the number of pieces in the 

bundle and the level of bundle to which 

they are sorted under 343.7.0, and the 

prices for pieces in the Presorted price 

mailing are based on the number of 

pieces in the bundle and the level of 

tray or container to which they are 

sorted under 343.5.0. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 10.2.1j as follows:] 

j. The bundles from each separate 

mailing must be sorted together into 

trays or approved alternate containers 

(cotrayed) under 10.2.3 and 10.2.4 or on 

pallets (copalletized) under 10.2.5 using 

presort software that is PAVE-certified. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 10.2.1m as follows:] 

m. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 

must be used to label trays or alternate 

containers. 

10.2.2 Bundle Preparation 

Bundles must be prepared as follows: 

[Revise the first sentence of 10.2.2a as 

follows:] 

a. Trayed mailings. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of 10.2.3 as 

follows:] 

10.2.3 Traying Under 125-Piece or 15- 

Pound Rules 

When the minimum quantity of 125 

pieces or 15 pounds of mail is specified 

for a tray or alternate container sortation 

level in 10.2.4, the provisions of 

345.7.4.2 apply. 

[Revise title of 10.2.4 as follows:] 

10.2.4 Tray Preparation and Labeling 

Mailers must prepare trays or 

alternate containers in the following 

manner and sequence. All carrier route 

bundles must be placed in trays or 

alternate containers under 10.2.4a 

through 10.2.4e as described below. 

Mailers must prepare all merged 5-digit 

scheme trays or alternate containers, 5- 

digit scheme carrier routes trays or 

alternate containers, and merged 5-digit 

trays or alternate containers that are 

possible in the mailing based on the 

volume of mail to the destination using 

L001 and the Carrier Route Indicators 

field in the City State Product. Mailers 

must label trays or alternate containers 

according to the Line 1 and Line 2 

information listed below and under 

345.4.0, Tray Labels. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the third through sixth 

sentences of the opening paragraph of 

10.2.4b as follows:] 

b. * * * When preparation of this 

tray or alternate container level is 

permitted, a tray or container must be 

prepared if there are any carrier route 

bundle(s) for the scheme. If there is not 

at least one carrier route bundle for any 

5-digit destination in the scheme, 

preparation of this tray or alternate 

container is required when there are at 

least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces 

in 5-digit bundles for any of the 5-digit 

ZIP Codes in the scheme that have an 

‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the City State 

Product (smaller volume not permitted). 

For a 5-digit ZIP Code(s) in a scheme 

with a ‘‘B’’ or ‘‘D’’ indicator in the City 

State Product, prepare tray(s) or 

alternate container(s) for the automation 

and Presorted bundles under 10.2.4g 

and 10.2.4h. For 5-digit ZIP Codes not 

included in a scheme, prepare trays or 

alternate containers under 10.2.4d 

through 10.2.4h. Labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the opening paragraph of 

10.2.4e as follows:] 

e. 5-digit carrier routes, required. Tray 

or containerize only carrier route 

bundles for a 5-digit ZIP Code 

remaining after preparing trays or 

alternate containers under 10.2.4a 

through 10.2.4d to this level. May 

contain only carrier route bundles for 

any 5-digit ZIP Code that is not part of 

a scheme listed in L001 and that has a 

‘‘B’’ or ‘‘D’’ indicator in the City State 

Product. No tray or container minimum. 

Labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 10.2.4h as follows:] 

h. 3-digit through mixed ADC trays or 

alternate containers. Any 5-digit scheme 

and 5-digit bundles remaining after 

preparing trays or alternate containers 

under 10.2.4a through 10.2.4g, and all 

3-digit, ADC, and Mixed ADC bundles, 

must be trayed or containerized and 

labeled according to the applicable 

requirements under 9.3 for cotraying of 

automation and Presorted bundles, 

except if there are no automation 

bundles in the mailing job, tray or 

container and label under 345.5.7, or, if 

there are no Presorted bundles in the 

mailing job, tray or containerize and 

label under 345.7.4.3. 

10.2.5 Pallet Preparation and Labeling 

* * * Mailers must label pallets 

according to the Line 1 and Line 2 

information listed below and under 8.6. 

* * * * * 

i. NDC, required, may contain carrier 

route price, automation price, and/or 

Presorted price bundles. 

* * * Labeling: 

[Revise 10.2.5i1 as follows:] 

1. Line 1: Use L604, Column B. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the title of 11.0 as follows:] 

11.0 Combining Automation and 

Nonautomation Flats in Bundles 

* * * * * 

11.2 Periodicals 

11.2.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise the third sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 11.2.1 as 

follows:] 

* * * Mailing jobs (for flats meeting 

the criteria in 301.3.0) prepared using 

the 5-digit scheme and/or the 3-digit 

scheme bundle preparation must be 

trayed or placed in authorized alternate 

containers under 9.0 or 10.0 or 

palletized under 10.0, 12.0, or 13.0. All 

bundles are subject to the following 

conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 11.2.1b as follows:] 

b. Mailings prepared in trays or 

alternate containers must meet the basic 

standards in 9.0 or 10.0. 

* * * * * 

11.2.3 Bundles With Fewer Than Six 

Pieces 

[Revise the last sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 11.2.3 as 

follows:] 

* * * Low-volume bundles are 

permitted only when they are trayed, 

placed in approved alternate containers, 

or prepared on pallets as follows: 

[Revise 11.2.3a and b as follows:] 

a. Place low-volume 5-digit and 3- 

digit bundles in only 5-digit scheme, 5- 

digit, 3-digit, and SCF trays or alternate 

containers that contain at least 24 

pieces; or in origin/entry SCF trays or 

alternate containers; or on merged 5- 

digit scheme, 5-digit scheme, merged 5- 

digit, 5-digit, 3-digit, or SCF pallets, as 

appropriate. 

b. Place low-volume 5-digit scheme 

and 3-digit scheme bundles in only 5- 

digit scheme, 3-digit, and SCF trays or 

alternate containers that contain at least 

24 pieces, or in origin/entry SCF trays 

or alternate containers, or on 3-digit or 

SCF pallets, as appropriate. 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13752 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

11.3 Standard Mail 

11.3.1 Basic Standards 

[Revise the fourth sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 11.3.1 as 

follows:] 

* * * Mailing jobs prepared using the 

5-digit scheme and/or 3-digit scheme 

bundle preparation (for flats meeting the 

criteria in 301.3.0) must be trayed, 

placed in approved alternate containers 

under 10.0, or palletized under 10.0, 

12.0, or 13.0. All bundles are subject to 

the following conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 11.3.1b as follows:] 

b. Mailings prepared in trays or 

alternate containers must meet the basic 

standards in 9.0 or 10.0. 

* * * * * 

11.4 Bound Printed Matter 

11.4.1 Basic Standards 

* * * * * 

[Revise 11.4.1c as follows:] 

c. Cobundled pieces must be cotrayed 

or combined in approved alternate 

containers under 9.0 or palletized under 

8.0. 

* * * * * 

12.0 Merging Bundles of Flats on 

Pallets Using a 5% Threshold 

12.1 Periodicals 

12.1.1 Basic Standards 

* * * * * 

[Revise 12.1.1g as follows:] 

g. Portions of the mailing job that 

cannot be palletized must be prepared 

in trays or approved alternate 

containers. 

* * * * * 

12.1.5 Pallet Preparation and Labeling 

* * * * * 

[Revise 12.1.5c as follows:] 

c. 5-digit scheme, not permitted for 

flats that meet the dimension, weight, 

and flexibility criteria for automation 

flats in 301.3.0 (including pieces in 

merged bundles) and not permitted for 

trays or alternate containers. 

* * * * * 

12.2 Standard Mail 

* * * * * 

12.2.4 Pallet Preparation and Labeling 

* * * Mailers must label pallets 

according to the Line 1 and Line 2 

information listed below and under 8.6. 

* * * * * 

i. NDC, required, may contain carrier 

route price, automation price, and/or 

Presorted price bundles. * * * 

Labeling: 

[Revise 12.2.4i1 as follows:] 

1. Line 1: Use L604, Column B. 

* * * * * 

13.0 Merging Bundles of Flats on 

Pallets Using the City State Product and 

a 5% Threshold 

13.1 Periodicals 

* * * * * 

13.1.5 Pallet Preparation and Labeling 

* * * * * 

[Revise the first sentence of the 

opening paragraph of 13.1.5c as 

follows:] 

c. 5-digit scheme, not permitted for 

flats that meet the dimension, weight, 

and flexibility criteria for automation 

flats in 301.3.0 (including pieces in 

merged bundles) and not permitted for 

trays or alternate containers. * * * 

* * * * * 

13.2 Standard Mail 

* * * * * 

13.2.4 Pallet Preparation and Labeling 

* * * Mailers must label pallets 

according to the Line 1 and Line 2 

information listed below and under 8.6. 

* * * * * 

i. NDC, required, may contain carrier 

route price, automation price, and/or 

Presorted price bundles. * * * 

Labeling: 

[Revise 13.2.4i1 as follows:] 

1. Line 1: Use L604, Column B. 

* * * * * 

21.0 Optional Combined Parcel 

Mailings 

* * * * * 

21.3 Mail Preparation 

21.3.1 Basic Standards 

Prepare combined mailings as 

follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 21.3.1b as follows:] 

b. Mailers must prepare all parcels in 

trays, approved alternate containers or 

sacks under 445.5.0, or on pallets, or in 

pallet boxes under 8.0 to achieve the 

finest level of sortation. 

21.3.2 Combining Standard Mail, 

Parcel Select, and Package Services 

Machinable Parcels and NFMs 6 

Ounces or More 

Prepare and enter combined 

machinable parcels as shown in the 

table below: 

[Revise the NDC/ASF and Mixed NDC 

rows under the Origin and DNDC Entry 

options only in table 21.3.2 as follows:] 

Entry 5 Digit/scheme1 NDC/ASF 

(Required) 

Mixed NDC 

(Required) 

COMBINED PREPARATION 

Origin ................. * * * Trays or alternate containers—10-piece 

or 20-lb minimum.

Trays or alternate containers—No minimum. 

Pallets—250-lb minimum ....................... Pallets—250-lb minimum. 

DNDC ................ * * * Trays or alternate containers—10-piece 

or 20-lb minimum. 

Pallets—100-lb minimum. 

* * * * * 

21.3.3 Combining Standard Mail, 

Parcel Select, and Package Services 

Parcels and NFMs 2 Up to 6 Ounces 

(APPS–Machinable) 

Prepare and enter combined APPSmachinable parcels (pieces weighing at 

least 2 ounces and up to, but not 

including, 6 ounces that are not tubes, 

rolls, triangles or similarly irregularlyshaped parcels) as shown in the table 

below. 

[Revise the 3-Digit, ADC, and Mixed 

ADC columns under the Origin, DNDC, 

and DNDC rows only in table 21.3.3 as 

follows:] 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13753 

Entry 5-Digit/scheme 1 3-Digit 

(required) 

ADC 

(Required) 

Mixed ADC 

(Required) 

COMBINED PREPARATION 

Origin ........... * * * Trays or alternate containers— 

10-piece or 20-lb minimum. 

Pallets—250-lb minimum 

Trays or alternate containers— 

10-piece or 20-lb minimum. 

Pallets—250-lb minimum. 

Trays or alternate containers— 

No minimum. 

Pallets—250-lb minimum. 

DNDC .......... * * * Trays or alternate containers— 

10-piece or 20-lb minimum. 

Pallets—100-lb minimum. 

Trays or alternate containers— 

10-piece or 20-lb minimum 

Pallets—100-lb minimum. 

DSCF ........... * * * Trays or alternate containers— 

10-piece or 20-lb minimum. 

Pallets—100-lb minimum. 

* * * * * 21.3.4 Combining Standard Mail, 

Parcel Select, and Package Services 

Irregular Parcels and NFMs Under 2 

Ounces (Not APPS-Machinable) 

Prepare and enter combined not 

APPS-machinable parcels as shown in 

the table below. 

[Revise the 3-Digit, ADC, and Mixed 

ADC columns under the Origin, DNDC, 

and DNDC rows only in table 21.3.4 as 

follows:] 

Entry 5-Digit/scheme 1 3-Digit 

(required) 

ADC 

(Required) 

Mixed ADC 

(Required) 

COMBINED PREPARATION 

Origin ........... * * * Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb 

minimum. 

Pallets—250-lb minimum. 

Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb 

minimum. 

Pallets—250-lb minimum. 

Trays or alternate containers—No minimum. 

Pallets—250-lb minimum. 

DNDC .......... * * * Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb 

minimum. 

Pallets—100-lb minimum. 

Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb 

minimum. 

Pallets—100-lb minimum. 

DSCF ........... * * * Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb 

minimum. 

Pallets—100-lb minimum. 

* * * * * 

23.0 Full-Service Option 

23.1 Description 

[Revise the third sentence of 23.1 as 

follows:] 

* * * Full-service automation 

mailings require Intelligent Mail 

barcodes on mailpieces; Intelligent Mail 

tray labels on trays or approved 

alternate containers; and Intelligent 

Mail container placards on pallets or 

similar containers (when created). 

* * * 

* * * * * 

23.2 Eligibility Standards 

All pieces entered under the fullservice automation option must: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 23.2b as follows:] 

b. Be part of a mailing using unique 

Intelligent Mail tray labels on all trays 

and approved alternate containers. 

* * * * * 

23.3 Preparation 

* * * * * 

23.3.2 Intelligent Mail Tray Labels 

[Revise 23.3.2 as follows:] 

All trays and approved alternate 

containers must contain accurately 

encoded Intelligent Mail tray labels as 

described in 708.6.5. Mailing 

documentation, when required, must 

associate each mailpiece to a 

corresponding tray or alternate 

containers if applicable, as described in 

22.3.4. Each tray or alternate container 

must be encoded with a unique serial 

number. Tray or alternate container 

serial numbers associated to an 

individual Mailer ID cannot be 

duplicated within a 45-day period, 

regardless of the acceptance location. 

23.3.3 Intelligent Mail Container 

Placards 

[Revise the third sentence of 23.3.3 as 

follows:] 

* * * Mailing documentation, when 

required, must associate each mailpiece 

(and tray or approved alternate 

container, if applicable) to a 

corresponding container as described in 

22.3.4, unless otherwise authorized by 

the USPS. * * * 

23.3.4 Electronic Documentation 

[Revise the second sentence of 23.3.4 

as follows:] 

* * * Unless otherwise authorized, 

documentation must describe how each 

mailpiece is linked to a uniquely 

identified tray or sack, if applicable, and 

how each mailpiece and tray or 

approved alternate container is linked to 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13754 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

a uniquely identified container (if 

applicable). * * * 

* * * * * 

23.4 Additional Standards 

* * * * * 

23.4.3 Special Standards—Small 

Volume Mailings 

[Revise the last sentence of 23.4.3 as 

follows:] 

* * * Unique mailing serial numbers 

must be populated in the Postal Wizard 

entry screen field or in the Mail.XML 

messages, except that mailers must 

populate the serial number field of all 

Intelligent Mail tray labels, and 

Intelligent Mail container barcodes 

(when mailings are containerized) with 

the unique mailing serial number. 

707 Periodicals 

* * * * * 

2.0 Price Application and 

Computation 

2.1 Price Application 

* * * * * 

2.1.3 Applying In-County Piece Prices 

[Revise the last sentence of 2.1.3 as 

follows:] 

* * * Piece prices for automation 

mailings are based on the bundle level 

(or tray level for unbundled pieces in 

trays); piece prices for nonautomation 

mailings are based on the tray level. 

* * * * * 

2.1.9 Applying Outside-County 

Container Prices 

[Revise the first sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 2.1.9 as 

follows:] 

For Outside-County mail prepared in 

letter trays, pallets, flat trays, sacks or 

approved alternate containers, or USPSapproved containers, mailers pay the 

container price according to the type of 

container, the presort level of the 

container, and where the mail is 

entered. * * * The following additional 

standards apply: 

[Revise items 21.9a through c as 

follows:] 

a. For mailings prepared in letter 

trays, flat trays, sacks or approved 

alternate containers, mailers pay the 

container price for each tray or 

container based on container level and 

entry. 

b. For mailings prepared on pallets 

under 705.8.0: 

1. For bundles placed directly on 

pallets, mailers pay the container price 

for each pallet. 

2. For letter trays, flat trays, sacks or 

approved alternate containers on 

pallets, mailers pay the container price 

for each tray or container, and not for 

the pallets. The container price for each 

tray or alternate container is based on 

the tray or alternate container level and 

where the pallet is entered. 

c. For containers with both In-County 

and Outside-County pieces, mailers do 

not pay the container price for carrier 

route, 5-digit carrier routes, and 5-digit/ 

scheme pallets, trays or alternate 

containers. 

* * * * * 

12.0 Nonbarcoded (Presorted) 

Eligibility 

* * * * * 

12.2 Prices—Outside-County 

Outside-County nonbarcoded 

(Presorted) prices are based on the 

following criteria (see 2.0 for price 

application and computation): 

* * * * * 

[Revise 12.2c as follows:] 

c. Container prices are based on the 

type of container (letter tray, flat tray, 

sack, alternate container, or pallet), the 

level of sortation of the container, and 

where the container is entered. 

12.3 Prices—In-County 

12.3.1 Five-Digit Prices 

5-digit prices apply to: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 12.3.1b as follows:] 

b. Nonletter-size pieces in 5-digit 

scheme (L007) bundles and 5-digit 

bundles of six or more addressed pieces 

each; placed in applicable merged 5- 

digit scheme (L001) flat trays or 

alternate containers, merged 5-digit flat 

trays or alternate containers, 5-digit 

scheme (L001) flat trays or alternate 

containers, or 5-digit flat trays or 

alternate containers; or palletized under 

705.8.0 or 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 

705.13.0. 

12.3.2 Three-Digit Prices 

3-digit prices apply to: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 12.3.2b as follows:] 

b. Nonletter-size pieces in 5-digit 

scheme (L007), 5-digit, 3-digit scheme 

(L008) and 3-digit bundles of six or 

more addressed pieces each, placed in 

3-digit flat trays or alternate containers; 

or 3-digit scheme, and 3-digit bundles of 

six or more addressed pieces each, 

prepared under 705.8.0 or 705.10.0, 

705.12.0, or 705.13.0. 

* * * * * 

13.0 Carrier Route Eligibility 

* * * * * 

13.2 Sorting 

13.2.1 Basic Standards 

* * * Carrier route prices apply to 

copies that are prepared in carrier route 

bundles of six or more addressed pieces 

each, subject to these standards: 

* * * * * 

b. Nonletter-size mailings. Carrier 

route prices apply to carrier route 

bundles that are sorted in one of the 

following ways: 

[Revise 13.2.1b2 and b3 as follows:] 

2. Bundles in carrier route, 5-digit 

scheme carrier routes, 5-digit carrier 

routes flat trays or alternate containers, 

or 3-digit carrier routes flat trays or 

alternate containers under 23.0. Flat 

trays or alternate containers may be 

palletized under 705.8.0. 

3. Untrayed bundles entered at a 

destination delivery unit according to 

preparation standards in 23.4.2 and 

entry standards in 29.5.5. 

* * * * * 

13.3 Walk-Sequence Prices 

* * * * * 

13.3.2 Copies Claimed at Other Prices 

[Revise the second sentence of 13.3.2 

as follows:] 

* * * When presented to the USPS, 

the trays or alternate containers 

containing the walk-sequence price 

copies must be separated from other 

trays or containers. * * * 

* * * * * 

14.0 Barcoded (Automation) 

Eligibility 

* * * * * 

14.3 Prices—Outside-County 

Outside-County barcoded 

(automation) prices are based on the 

following criteria (see 2.0 for price 

application and computation): 

* * * * * 

[Revise 14.3c as follows:] 

c. Container prices are based on the 

type of container (tray, alternate 

container or pallet), the level of 

sortation of the container, and where the 

container is entered. 

* * * * * 

18.0 General Mail Preparation 

* * * * * 

18.3 Presort Terms 

Terms used for presort levels are 

defined as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 18.3e and f as follows:] 

e. 5-digit scheme (bundles, flat trays 

or alternate containers) for flats 

prepared according to 301.3.0: The ZIP 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13755 

Code in the delivery address on all 

pieces is one of the 5-digit ZIP Codes 

processed by the USPS as a single 

scheme, as shown in L007. 

f. 5-digit scheme carrier routes 

(pallets, flat trays or alternate 

containers) for Periodicals flats and 

irregular parcels: The ZIP Code in the 

delivery address on all pieces in carrier 

route bundles is one of the 5-digit ZIP 

Codes processed by the USPS as a single 

scheme, as shown in L001. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 18.3h as follows:] 

h. Merged 5-digit trays: the carrier 

route bundles and/or machinable 

barcoded or nonbarcoded price 5-digit 

bundles in a flat tray or alternate 

container are all for a 5-digit ZIP Code 

that has an ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the 

Carrier Route Indicators field in the City 

State Product. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 18.3j as follows:] 

j. Merged 5-digit scheme tray: the 5- 

digit ZIP Codes on pieces in carrier 

route bundles and/or machinable 

barcoded or nonbarcoded price 5-digit 

bundles in a flat tray or alternate 

container are all for 5-digit ZIP Codes 

that are part of a single scheme as 

shown in L001, and the machinable 

barcoded or nonbarcoded price 5-digit 

bundles also are for 5-digit ZIP Codes 

that have an ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the 

Carrier Route Indicators field in the City 

State Product. 

* * * * * 

18.4 Mail Preparation Terms 

For purposes of preparing mail: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 18.4e as follows:] 

e. An approved alternate container is 

a container that is authorized by the 

appropriate USPS official, instead of a 

flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling 

and transport of bundled flat-size 

mailpieces or parcels. Alternate 

containers could include sacks, other 

USPS-supplied mail transport 

equipment, or mailer-supplied 

containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 18.4j as follows:] 

j. A 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort 

for carrier route price Periodicals flats 

and irregular parcels (nonletters) 

prepared as bundles in flat trays or 

alternate containers, or on pallets yields 

a 5-digit scheme carrier routes flat tray, 

sack, alternate container or pallet for 

those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L001 

and 5-digit carrier routes flat tray, sack, 

alternate container or pallet for other 

areas. The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each 

scheme are treated as a single presort 

destination subject to a single minimum 

tray, container or pallet volume, with no 

further separation by 5-digit ZIP Code 

required. Flat trays, alternate containers 

or pallets prepared for a 5-digit scheme 

carrier routes destination that contain 

carrier route bundles for only one of the 

schemed 5-digit areas are still 

considered to be sorted to 5-digit 

scheme carrier routes and are labeled 

accordingly. The 5-digit scheme carrier 

routes sort is required for carrier route 

bundles of flat-size and irregular parcel 

Periodicals. Preparation of 5-digit 

scheme carrier routes flat trays, alternate 

containers or pallets must be done for 

all 5-digit scheme destinations. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 18.4l as follows:] 

l. A merged 5-digit sort for Periodicals 

flats prepared in flat trays or alternate 

containers yields merged 5-digit flat 

trays or alternate containers that contain 

carrier route bundles and/or machinable 

barcoded and nonbarcoded price 5-digit 

bundles that are all for a 5-digit ZIP 

Code that has an ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ indicator in 

the Carrier Route Indicators field in the 

City State Product. The merged 5-digit 

sort is optional for Periodicals flats. Flat 

trays or alternate containers prepared 

for a merged 5-digit destination that 

contain only a single price level of 

bundles or that contain only two price 

levels of bundles are still considered to 

be merged 5-digit sorted and are labeled 

accordingly. If preparation of merged 5- 

digit trays or alternate containers is 

performed, it must be done for all 5- 

digit ZIP Code destinations with an ‘‘A’’ 

or ‘‘C’’ indicator in the Carrier Route 

Indicators field in the City State 

Product. 

[Revise the second sentence of 18.4m 

as follows:] 

m. * * * The merged 5-digit sort is 

optional for Periodicals flats in flat trays 

or alternate containers under 705.10.0. 

* * * 

[Revise 18.4n as follows:] 

n. A merged 5-digit scheme sort for 

Periodicals flats prepared in flat trays or 

alternate containers yields merged 5- 

digit scheme trays or alternate 

containers that contain carrier route 

bundles and machinable barcoded and 

nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles for 

those 5-digit ZIP Codes that are part of 

a single scheme as shown in L001. Flat 

trays or alternate containers prepared 

for a merged 5-digit scheme destination 

that contain only a single price level of 

bundles, or only two price levels of 

bundles, or bundles for only one of the 

schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are still 

considered to be merged 5-digit scheme 

sorted and must be labeled accordingly. 

If preparation of merged 5-digit scheme 

trays or alternate containers is 

performed, it must be done for all 5- 

digit scheme destinations in L001. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 18.4r as follows:] 

r. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit 

scheme) tray/alternate container 

contains all mail (regardless of quantity) 

for a 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit 

scheme) area processed by the SCF in 

whose service area the mail is verified. 

A separate tray/alternate container may 

be prepared for each 3-digit ZIP Code 

(or 3-digit scheme) area. When these 

separations are made, mailers must 

segregate trays, sacks or pallets labeled 

to destinations within the origin SCF 

from the remainder of the mailing as 

described in 28.3. 

[Revise 18.4s as follows:] 

s. An origin/entry SCF flat tray or 

alternate container contains all 5-digit 

and 3-digit bundles (regardless of 

quantity) for the SCF in whose service 

area the mail is verified. At the mailer’s 

option, such a tray or container may be 

prepared for the SCF area of each entry 

Post Office. This presort level applies 

only to nonletter-size Periodicals 

prepared in flat trays or alternate 

containers. . When these separations are 

made, mailers must segregate trays, 

sacks or pallets labeled to destinations 

within the origin SCF from the 

remainder of the mailing as described in 

28.3. 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 18.5 as follows:] 

18.5 Required Pallet Preparation 

Mailers must prepare pallets under 

705.8 when they have reached the 

minimum load requirements described 

in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to 

palletize, mail must be separated and 

placed in properly labeled flat trays or 

approved alternate containers. 

19.0 Bundles 

* * * * * 

19.6 Flat-Size Bundles 

Bundles of flat-size pieces must be 

secure and stable subject to the 

following: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 19.6b as follows:] 

b. If placed in flat trays or alternate 

containers, the specific weight and 

height limits in 19.8. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of the 

introductory sentence of 19.8 as 

follows:] 

19.8 Preparing Bundles in Flat Trays 

or Alternate Containers 

In addition to the standards in 19.4, 

mailers must prepare and secure 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13756 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

bundles placed in flat trays or alternate 

containers as follows: 

* * * * * 

19.10 Pieces With Simplified 

Addresses 

[Revise the third sentence of 19.10 as 

follows:] 

* * * Bundles must be secure and 

stable subject to specific weight limits 

in 705.8.0 if placed on pallets, specific 

weight and height limits in 19.8 for 

Periodicals placed in flat trays or 

approved alternate containers, and 

specific thickness limits in 19.5 for 

cards and letter-size pieces. 

* * * * * 

19.12 Address Visibility 

* * * This standard does not apply to 

the following: 

[Revise items 19.12a and b as 

follows:] 

a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 

5-digit scheme (L001) flat trays, 

alternate containers or pallets. 

b. Bundles placed in carrier route and 

5-digit carrier routes flat trays or 

alternate containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 20.0 as follows:] 

20.0 Trays and Alternate Containers 

20.1 Basic Standards 

20.1.1 General 

[Revise the first sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 20.1.1 as 

follows:] 

Mailings must be prepared in letter 

trays, flat trays, or bundled and placed 

directly on pallets or in flat trays or 

approved alternate containers as shown 

in Exhibit 20.1.1 and under other 

applicable standards in this section. 

* * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise the USPS Container method 

column for the Flat-size, parcels row 

only to replace the word ‘‘sack’’ in 

Exhibit 20.1.1 as follows:] 

EXHIBIT 20.1.1 USPS CONTAINERS

Processing category USPS container 

Periodicals: 

* * * * * * 

Flat-size, parcels ................................................................................................................................... Flat tray or alternate container. 

* * * * * 

[Delete current sections 20.1.5, 

Origin/Entry 3-Digit/Scheme; 20.1.6, 

flats and Irregular Parcels—Origin/Entry 

SCF Sacks; and 20.1.7, Flats and 

Irregular Parcels—Origin Mixed ADC 

Sacks, in their entirety.] 

* * * * * 

[Renumber 20.3 through 20.4.2 as the 

new 20.4 through 20.5.2 and add a new 

20.3 as follows:] 

20.3 Flat Tray Usage 

When using flat trays in lieu of 

palletizing or optionally traying under 

22.7 and 25.5, mailers must prepare 

mailpieces in flat trays with green lids. 

Flat tray sizes are as follows: 

a. Inside bottom dimensions: 14–3/4 

inches long by 10–3/4 inches wide. 

b. Height: 8 inches to bottom of 

handhold, 11–1/4 inches to top of tray. 

[Revise title and text of renumbered 

20.4 as follows:] 

20.4 Flat Tray or Container 

Preparation 

If mailers are unable to palletize, flatsize and parcel mailings must be placed 

in flat trays or approved alternate 

containers except when permitted under 

other applicable standards in this 

section. All tray or container 

preparation is subject to these 

standards: 

a. Each tray or container must bear the 

correct tray label. 

b. The weight of a tray or container 

and its content must not exceed 70 

pounds 

[Revise title of renumbered 20.5 as 

follows:] 

20.5 Standards for Optional Use of 

Flat Trays 

20.5.1 General 

[Revise renumbered 20.5.1 as follows:] 

Mailers may optionally prepare 

machinable flat-size pieces in flat trays, 

under 22.7 and 25.5, instead of 

preparing these pieces in bundles. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 21.0 as follows:] 

21.0 Tray Labels 

21.1 Basic Standards 

21.1.1 General 

[Revise 21.1.1 as follows:] 

Tray labels are subject to the 

following: 

a. Use 2-inch labels for trays or 

approved alternate containers. 

b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. 

Machine-printed labels (available from 

the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible 

hand-printed labels are acceptable. 

c. Tray labels for automation price 

mailings are subject to 21.4 and 708.6.0. 

d. Intelligent Mail tray labels, used on 

trays or alternate containers, are subject 

to the standards in 708.6.5, and to the 

specifications posted at 

http://ribbs.usps.gov. 

* * * * * 

21.1.2 Line 1 (Destination Line) 

Line 1 (destination line) must meet 

these standards: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 21.1.2 c as follows:] 

c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit 

trays or approved alternate containers 

for overseas military destinations, Line 

1 shows, from left to right, ‘‘APO’’ or 

‘‘FPO,’’ followed by ‘‘AE’’ (for ZIP Codes 

within the ZIP Code prefix range 090– 

098), ‘‘AA’’ (for ZIP Codes within the 3- 

digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ‘‘AP’’ (for 

ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix 

range 962–966), followed by the 

destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail 

in the tray or container. 

* * * * * 

21.1.3 Line 2 (Content Line) 

Line 2 (content line) must meet these 

standards: 

[Revise the second sentence of 21.1.3a 

as follows:] 

a. * * * This line must show the 

class and processing category of the 

mail in the tray or alternate container 

and other information as specified by 

standards. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Delete 21.2, Sack Labels, in its 

entirety, and renumber current 21.3 and 

21.4 as the new 21.2 and 21.3.] 

* * * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13757 

21.2 Tray Labels 

21.2.1 Placement 

[Revise the second sentence of 

renumbered 21.2.1 as follows:] 

* * * If no specific location is 

indicated, place the label securely in an 

adhesive-backed label holder affixed 

horizontally to the top left corner of one 

end of the tray, for letter trays; and the 

lower left corner, for flat trays. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and the text of the 

introductory sentence of renumbered 

21.3 as follows:] 

21.3 Use of Barcoded Tray Labels 

Exhibit 21.3 shows the types of mail 

requiring barcoded tray labels. Barcoded 

labels must meet these general 

standards: 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 21.3d and e as follows:] 

d. Mailers must insert barcoded labels 

completely into the label holder on the 

tray or alternate container to prevent 

their loss during transport and 

processing. 

e. Intelligent Mail tray labels must be 

used on all trays and alternate 

containers for mailings entered under 

the full-service Intelligent Mail 

automation option. 

[Revise the Price or Type column only 

for the second line under Periodicals to 

replace the word ‘‘cosacked’’ with 

‘‘cotrayed’’ in exhibit 21.3 as follows:] 

EXHIBIT 21.3 REQUIRED BARCODED TRAY LABELS

Price or type Processing category 

Periodicals: 

* * * * * * 

Cobundled and cotrayed under 705.9.0 through 705.13.0 * * * 

* * * * * 

22.0 Preparing Nonbarcoded 

(Presorted) Periodicals 

22.1 Basic Standards 

22.1.1 General 

[Revise the introductory sentence of 

22.1.1 as follows:] 

For letter-size mail, nonletter-size 

mail prepared in flat trays or approved 

alternate containers, and palletized 

mail, the following standards apply: 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 22.1.1c through e as 

follows:] 

c. Nonletter-size pieces must be 

bundled under 22.2 and placed on 

pallets. Bundles placed on pallets must 

meet additional bundling criteria under 

705.8.0. 

d. When unable to palletize, bundles 

of nonletter-size pieces must be 

prepared in flat trays or approved 

alternate containers (except under 

23.4.2) under one of the following: 

1. Trayed under 22.6, except that a 

nonbarcoded price mailing that is part 

of a mailing job that also contains a 

barcoded mailing must be trayed as 

described in 22.1.2. 

2. Palletized under 705.8.0, 705.10.0, 

705.12.0, or 705.13.0. 

e. Flat trays or approved alternate 

containers prepared under 22.6, may 

subsequently be prepared on pallets 

under 705.8.0. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 22.1.2 as follows:] 

22.1.2 Additional Standards for 

Nonletter-Size Unpalletized Mailing 

Jobs Containing More Than One 

Mailing 

The following standards apply: 

[Revise the first sentence of 22.1.2a as 

follows:] 

a. Mailings prepared in flat trays or 

approved alternate containers that are 

part of a mailing job that includes a 

carrier route, barcoded price, and 

nonbarcoded price mailing must be 

prepared under one of the options listed 

below. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 22.1.2b through d as 

follows:] 

b. Mailings prepared in flat trays or 

approved alternate containers that are 

part of a mailing job that includes a 

barcoded price and nonbarcoded price 

mailing must be prepared under the 

cotraying standards in 705.9.0. 

c. Trayed or containerized mailing 

jobs that contain only a carrier route 

mailing and a nonbarcoded price 

mailing may be prepared separately, or 

may be prepared using the merged 

traying option under 705.10.0. 

d. Trayed or containerized mailing 

jobs that contain only a carrier route 

mailing and a barcoded price mailing 

may be prepared separately under 23.0 

and 25.0, or may be prepared using the 

merged traying option under 705.10.0. 

* * * * * 

22.1.4 Merged Containerization of 

Nonletter-Size Carrier Route, Barcoded 

Price, and Nonbarcoded Price Mail 

[Revise the first sentence of 22.1.4 as 

follows:] 

Under the optional preparation in 

705.10.0, nonbarcoded price 5-digit 

bundles prepared under 22.1 and 22.2 

are cotrayed with carrier route bundles 

prepared under 23.0 and with barcoded 

price 5-digit bundles prepared under 

25.0 in merged 5-digit trays, sacks or 

alternate containers and in merged 5- 

digit scheme trays, sacks or alternate 

containers. * * * 

* * * * * 

22.4 Bundles With Fewer Than Six 

Pieces 

[Revise the last sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 22.4 as 

follows:] 

* * * Low-volume bundles are 

permitted only when they are prepared 

in flat trays, approved alternate 

containers, or prepared on pallets as 

follows: 

[Revise 22.4a as follows:] 

a. Place bundles in only 5-digit, 3- 

digit, and SCF trays or alternate 

containers hat contain at least 24 pieces, 

or in origin/entry SCF trays or 

containers, as appropriate. 

* * * * * 

22.5 Tray Preparation—Letter-Size 

Pieces 

[Revise the introductory paragraph 

only of 22.5 as follows:] 

Mailers must segregate trays destined 

within the origin/entry SCF as described 

in 28.3. Preparation sequence and 

labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the title and introductory 

paragraph only of 22.6 as follows:] 

22.6 Tray Preparation—Flat-Size 

Pieces and Parcels 

Mailers must segregate trays destined 

within the origin/entry SCF as described 

in 28.3. For mailing jobs that also 

contain a barcoded price mailing, see 

22.1.2 and 705.9.0 or 705.10.0. For other 

mailing jobs, preparation sequence and 

labeling: 

* * * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13758 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

22.7 Optional Tray Preparation—FlatSize Nonbarcoded Pieces 

[Revise the first sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 22.7and add 

a new second sentence as follows:] 

As an option, mailers may place 

unbundled machinable flat-size pieces 

meeting the criteria in 301.3.0 in flats 

trays (see 20.4). Mailers must segregate 

trays destined within the origin/entry 

SCF as described in 28.3. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 22.8 as follows:] 

22.8 Containerization—Flat Tray 

Preparation and Labeling 

For mail prepared in bundles, mailers 

must prepare pallets under 705.8.0 

when minimum volume is available for 

a required pallet level. Mailers who are 

unable to palletize, or mailers of small 

volume mailings, must prepare bundles 

in flat trays or approved alternate 

containers as shown in items a through 

c below. Preparation sequence and 

labeling: 

a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no 

minimum; when these separations are 

made, mailers must segregate trays as 

described in 28.3; labeling: 

1. Line 1: Column B, L002 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS’’ FLTS 3D 

NON BC 

b. Local Surface Transport (required); 

no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: ‘‘OMX’’ followed by L201, 

Column C information for the facility 

serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of 

entry Post Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS’’ FLTS 

NON BC.’’ 

c. Extended Surface Network 

(required); no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: ‘‘MXD’’ followed by L009, 

Column B for the facility serving the 3- 

digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS’’ FLTS 

NON BC.’’ 

23.0 Preparing Carrier Route 

Periodicals 

23.1 Basic Standards 

23.1.1 General 

Mailers must meet the following 

standards for carrier route mailings: 

[Revise items 23.1.1c through e as 

follows:] 

c. Generally nonletter-size pieces 

must be bundled under 23.2 and placed 

on pallets under 705.8.0. 

d. Except as noted in 23.4.2, mailers 

must palletize bundles of nonletter-size 

pieces, or place bundles in flat trays or 

approved alternate containers, 

according to one of the following: 

1. Tray or containerize under 23.4, or 

under 705.10.1 if eligible to be cotrayed 

with barcoded price and nonbarcoded 

price Periodicals pieces. 

2. Palletized under 705.8.0, 705.10.0, 

705.12.0, or 705.13.0. 

e. Flat trays or approved alternate 

containers prepared under 23.4, may 

subsequently be prepared on pallets 

under 705.8.0. 

* * * * * 

23.1.4 Merged Containerization of 

Nonletter-Size Carrier Route and 

Machinable Barcoded and 

Nonbarcoded Price Mail 

[Revise the second sentence of 23.1.4 

as follows:] 

* * * Under the optional preparation 

in 705.10.0, carrier route bundles 

prepared under 23.1 and 23.2.3 are 

cotrayed with machinable nonbarcoded 

price 5-digit bundles prepared under 

22.0 and with machinable barcoded 

price 5-digit bundles prepared under 

25.0 in merged 5-digit trays or 

containers and merged 5-digit scheme 

trays or containers. * * * 

* * * * * 

23.3 Preparation—Letter-Size Pieces 

23.3.1 Basic Preparation 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

23.3.1 as follows:] 

Mailers must segregate trays destined 

within the origin/entry SCF as described 

in 28.3. Preparation sequence and 

labeling: 

* * * * * 

23.4 Preparation—Flat-Size Pieces 

and Irregular Parcels 

[Revise the title and introductory 

paragraph of 23.4.1 as follows:] 

23.4.1 Tray Preparation 

Mailers must segregate trays destined 

within the origin/entry SCF as described 

in 28.3. Preparation sequence and 

labeling: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the opening paragraph only of 

23.4.1d as follows:] 

d. 3-digit carrier routes, required with 

one six-piece bundle. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of the 

introductory paragraph on 23.4.2 as 

follows:] 

23.4.2 Exception to Containerization 

Containerization is not required for 

carrier route or 5-digit bundles prepared 

for and entered at a DDU when the 

mailer unloads bundles under 29.5.5. 

Mail presented under this exception is 

not subject to the container charge (but 

is still subject to the bundle charge). 

Mailers must prepare uncontainerized 

bundles as follows: 

* * * * * 

23.6 Bundles With Fewer Than Six 

Pieces 

[Revise the last sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 23.6 as 

follows:] 

* * * Low-volume carrier route 

bundles are permitted only when they 

are prepared on pallets, placed in flat 

trays or approved alternate containers as 

follows: 

[Revise 23.6a as follows:] 

a. Place bundles in only 5-digit 

scheme carrier routes and 5-digit carrier 

routes trays or containers that contain at 

least 24 pieces, or 3-digit carrier routes 

or merged 3-digit trays or containers 

that contain at least one six-piece carrier 

route bundle. 

* * * * * 

23.7 Multi-Box Section Bundles— 

Optional Preparation 

A mailer may combine individual 

copies of Periodicals for Post Office box 

sections into a multi-box section bundle 

or bundles of copies to the same 5-digit 

ZIP Code under these conditions: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 23.7f as follows:] 

f. Bundles must be placed in existing 

carrier-route, 5-Digit scheme, or 5-Digit 

carrier routes trays or containers. 

* * * * * 

24.0 Preparing Letter-Size Barcoded 

(Automation) Periodicals 

* * * * * 

24.2 Additional Standards 

24.2.1 Preparing Barcoded Price 

Letters 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

24.2.1 as follows:] 

Mailers must segregate trays destined 

within the origin/entry SCF as described 

in 28.3. Preparation, sequence, and Line 

1 labeling: 

* * * * * 

25.0 Preparing Flat-Size Barcoded 

(Automation) Periodicals 

25.1 Basic Standards 

25.1.1 General 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

25.11 as follows:] 

Each piece must meet the physical 

standards in 301.3.0 or in 26.0. Bundle, 

tray or container preparation is subject 

to 18.0 through 21.0 and this section. 

Trays or containers must bear the 

appropriate barcoded container labels 

under 708.6.0. Pieces may be prepared 

in bundles that are not placed on 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13759 

pallets, or in trays or other containers, 

only as provided in 23.4.2. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title and text of 25.1.6.7] 

25.1.6 Flat Tray and Container 

Preparation 

Mailers may combine bundles of 

pieces prepared under 301.3.0 and 

bundles of pieces prepared under 26.0 

in the same flat tray or approved 

alternate container, with the exception 

of 5-digit scheme sacks, which may 

contain only pieces prepared under 

301.3.0. 

* * * * * 

25.1.8 Bundles With Fewer Than Six 

Pieces 

[Revise the last sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 25.1.8 as 

follows:] 

* * * These low-volume bundles are 

permitted only when they are trayed or 

prepared on pallets under these 

conditions: 

[Revise 25.1.8a as follows:] 

a. Place 5-digit and 3-digit bundles in 

only 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, and 

SCF flat trays or alternate containers, as 

appropriate, that contain at least 24 

pieces, or in merged 3-digit flat trays or 

alternate containers that contain at least 

one six-piece carrier route bundle, or in 

origin/entry SCF flat trays or alternate 

containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 25.1.8c as follows:] 

c. Place 5-digit scheme and 3-digit 

scheme bundles in only 5-digit scheme, 

3-digit, and SCF trays or approved 

alternate containers, as appropriate, that 

contain at least 24 pieces, or in merged 

3-digit trays or alternate containers that 

contain at least one six-piece carrier 

route bundle, or in origin/entry SCF 

trays or alternate containers. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 25.1.9 as follows:] 

25.1.9 Cotraying and Cobundling With 

Nonbarcoded and Carrier Route Mail 

The following standards apply (except 

as provided in 25.1.7): 

* * * * * 

[Revise items 25.1.9b and c as 

follows:] 

b. If the mailing job contains a 

machinable barcoded and nonbarcoded 

price mailing, then it must be prepared 

under the cotraying standards in 

705.9.0. Machinable barcoded and 

nonbarcoded price pieces may be 

cobundled under the standards in 

705.11.0. 

c. If the mailing job contains a carrier 

route mailing and a machinable 

barcoded price mailing, then it must be 

separately trayed under 23.0 and 25.0 or 

prepared using the merged tray option 

under 705.10.0. 

25.1.10 Merged Containerization With 

Nonbarcoded and Carrier Route Flats 

[Revise 25.1.10 as follows:] 

When the standards in 705.10.0, 

705.12.0, or 705.13.0 are met, 5-digit 

bundles of machinable barcoded, 

machinable nonbarcoded, and carrier 

route mail that are part of the same 

mailing job may be combined on merged 

5-digit scheme flat trays, approved 

alternate containers or pallets and 

merged 5-digit flat trays, approved 

alternate containers or pallets. Bundles 

that are cotrayed or copalletized must be 

part of the same mailing job and mail 

class. Machinable barcoded pieces may 

be cobundled with machinable 

nonbarcoded pieces under 705.11.0. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the title and introductory 

paragraph only of 25.4 as follows:] 

25.4 Traying and Labeling 

Mailers must segregate trays destined 

within the origin/entry SCF as described 

in 28.3. For mailing jobs that also 

contain a machinable nonbarcoded 

price mailing, see 25.1.9 and 705.9.0. 

Other mailing jobs are prepared, trayed 

and labeled as follows: 

* * * * * 

25.5 Optional Tray Preparation—FlatSize Barcoded Pieces 

[Add a new first sentence and revise 

the new second sentence of the 

introductory paragraph of 25.5 as 

follows:] 

Mailers must segregate trays destined 

within the origin/entry SCF as described 

in 28.3. As an option, mailers may place 

unbundled machinable flat-size pieces 

meeting the criteria in 301.3.0 in flats 

trays. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Add a new 25.6 as follows:] 

25.6 Containerization—Flat Tray 

Preparation and Labeling 

For mail prepared in bundles, mailers 

must prepare pallets under 705.8.0 

when minimum volume is available for 

a required pallet level. Mailers who are 

unable to palletize, or mailers of small 

volume mailings, must prepare bundles 

in flat trays or approved alternate 

containers as shown in items a through 

c below. Preparation sequence and 

labeling: 

a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no 

minimum; when these separations are 

made, mailers must segregate trays as 

described in 28.3; labeling: 

1. Line 1: Column B, L002 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS’’ FLTS 3D 

BC 

b. Local Surface Transport (required); 

no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: ‘‘OMX’’ followed by L201, 

Column C information for the facility 

serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of 

entry Post Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS’’ FLTS BC. 

c. Extended Surface Network 

(required); no minimum; labeling: 

1. Line 1: ‘‘MXD’’ followed by L009, 

Column B for the facility serving the 3- 

digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 

Office. 

2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS’’ FLTS BC. 

* * * * * 

27.0 Combining Multiple Editions or 

Publications 

* * * * * 

27.3 Minimum Volume 

The following minimum volume 

standards apply: 

[Revise 27.3a as follows:] 

a. For comailings prepared under 

27.1a, multiple publications or editions 

are combined to meet the required 

minimum volume per bundle, tray or 

container for the price claimed. 

* * * * * 

28.0 Enter and Deposit 

* * * * * 

[Revise 28.0 by renumbering current 

items 28.3 and 28.4 as the new 28.4 and 

28.5 and add a new 28.3 as follows:] 

28.3 Segregation of Origin SCF 

Mailpieces 

Mailers may optionally separate 

origin/entry carrier route, 5-digit 

(scheme) carrier route, (merged) 5-digit 

(scheme) and 3-digit (scheme) trays, 

containers or bundles destinating in the 

service area of the SCF serving the Post 

Office where the mail is verified, or the 

service area of the SCF/plant where mail 

is entered. When making such 

separations, mailpieces must be 

prepared in accordance with 22.0 

through 25.0 and segregated from the 

remainder of the mailing. Mailers must 

segregate the origin/entry trays by one of 

these methods: Separately containerize 

the trays; place the trays in a 

conspicuous location on top of origin 

SCF pallet or other container; or present 

them separately to acceptance 

personnel. 

* * * * * 

29.0 Destination Entry 

29.1 Basic Standards 

29.1.1 Price Application 

Periodicals may qualify for 

destination entry prices under 29.3 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13760 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

through 29.5. The following standards 

apply: 

[Revise 29.11a as follows:] 

a. An individual bundle, tray, or 

pallet may contain pieces claimed at 

different destination entry pound prices. 

* * * * * 

29.1.2 Documentation 

[Revise the first sentence of 29.12 as 

follows:] 

Subject to 708.1.0, the mailer must be 

able to show compliance with eligibility 

requirements (by bundle, tray, or pallet), 

and list the number of addressed pieces 

by presort level for each 5-digit and 3- 

digit ZIP Code destination as 

appropriate for the prices and discounts 

claimed. 

* * * * * 

29.4 Destination Sectional Center 

Facility 

* * * * * 

29.4.2 Price Eligibility 

Determine price eligibility as follows: 

a. Pound Prices. * * * Nonletter-size 

pieces are also eligible when the mailer 

deposits 5-digit bundles at the 

destination delivery unit (DDU) (the 

facility where the carrier cases mail for 

delivery to the addresses on the pieces) 

and the 5-digit bundles are in or on the 

following types of containers: 

[Revise 29.4.2a1 as follows:] 

1. A merged 5-digit scheme or merged 

5-digit tray or container. 

* * * * * 

708 Technical Specifications 

1.0 Standardized Documentation for 

First-Class Mail, Periodicals, Standard 

Mail, and Flat-Size Bound Printed 

Matter 

* * * * * 

1.2 Format and Content 

For First-Class Mail, Periodicals, 

Standard Mail, and Bound Printed 

Matter, standardized documentation 

includes: 

* * * * * 

c. For mail in trays or approved 

alternate containers, list these required 

elements: 

[Revise 1.2c1 and c2 as follows:] 

1. Tray/alternate container sortation 

level. Note with an asterisk (‘‘*’’) all 

trays containing overflow mail moved 

into that tray under 235.6.6, 245.5.3 or 

245.7.5. 

2. Tray/alternate container destination 

ZIP Code from top line of tray/container 

label except that, for 3-digit carrier 

routes trays, list the individual 5-digit 

ZIP Codes in each tray. 

* * * * * 

[Revise the first sentence of 1.2c4 as 

follows:] 

4. Separate columns with the number 

of pieces for each price reported in the 

mailing, and a continuous running total 

of pieces for each mailing (group 

information either in ZIP Code order 

and by sortation level or by sortation 

level and within each sortation level, by 

ZIP Code; report trays and alternate 

containers on pallets by pallet level and 

destination; include all information 

required in 1.2c for mail in trays or 

alternate containers). * * * 

[Revise 1.2c5 as follows:] 

5. The tray identification number and 

size (1-foot or 2-foot) if available for 

letter mail in trays. The tray 

identification number is optional for 

unbundled automation flats placed in 

flat trays. 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.2c7 as follows:] 

7. For Periodicals mailings that 

contain both In-County and OutsideCounty pieces, the listing may include 

a separate ‘‘Container Charge’’ and 

‘‘Bundle Charge’’ column. Indicate 

which trays, alternate containers, and 

bundles are subject to the container or 

bundle charges and a total or a running 

total. 

* * * * * 

e. * * * For Periodicals mailings, 

documentation also must provide: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the last sentences of items 

1.2e2 and e3 as follows:] 

2. * * * Report only trays, approved 

alternate containers, and pallets subject 

to the Outside-County container prices 

under 707.1.1.4. 

3. * * * Report only bundles, trays, 

approved alternate containers, and 

pallets subject to the Outside-County 

bundle and container prices. 

* * * * * 

1.5 Combined, Copalletized, and 

Merged Mailings 

For combined or copalletized 

mailings of Periodicals and Standard 

Mail prepared under 705.8.0, 705.10.0, 

705.12.0, or 705.13.0, documentation 

must show this additional information: 

a. For mailings that require multiple 

postage statements: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 1.5a2 as follows:] 

2. Prices for each product or edition 

shown in the correct ‘‘Price’’ column and 

summarized for each tray, approved 

alternate container, or pallet and for the 

entire mailing. 

* * * * * 

1.8 Optional Information 

[Revise 1.8 as follows:] 

Standardized documentation may 

include additional information about 

the pieces mailed (such as individual 

tray, approved alternate container, or 

sack total piece counts, optional 

identification codes, bundle weights) if 

this information does not conflict with 

the information required under 1.2 

through 1.7. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 6.0 as follows:] 

6.0 Standards for Barcoded Tray 

Labels and Container Placards 

6.1 General 

[Revise title and text of 6.1.1 as 

follows:] 

6.1.1 Tray Labels 

Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 6.5) 

and barcoded tray labels are the USPSapproved methods to encode routing, 

content, origin, and mailer information 

on trays, approved alternate containers 

and sacks. Intelligent Mail tray labels 

are designed for use with Intelligent 

Mail barcoded mail and have the 

capacity to provide unique 

identification throughout postal 

processing. 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 6.2 as follows:] 

6.2 Specifications for Barcoded Tray 

Labels 

6.2.1 Use 

[Revise 6.2.1 as follows:] 

Exhibit 6.2.1 shows the types of mail 

requiring barcoded tray labels. Barcoded 

labels must meet these general 

standards: 

a. Mailer-produced barcoded labels 

must meet the standards in 6.0. 

b. All information on barcoded labels 

must be machine-printed. Alterations to 

preprinted barcoded labels (e.g., 

handwritten changes) may not be made. 

c. Labels must be inserted completely 

into the label holder on the tray or 

alternate container to prevent their loss 

during transport and processing. 

[Revise Exhibit 6.2.1 by inserting two 

new rows above First-Class Mail to add 

reference to Express and Priority Mail 

O&D, and revise the ‘‘Price or Type’’ 

descriptions within Periodicals and 

Standard Mail as follows:] 

EXHIBIT 6.2.1—REQUIRED BARCODED

TRAY AND SACK LABELS

Price or type Processing category 

Express Mail Open 

& Distribute.

Any. 

* * * * * 

Periodicals 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13761 

EXHIBIT 6.2.1—REQUIRED BARCODED

TRAY AND SACK LABELS—Continued 

Price or type Processing category 

* * * * * 

Cobundled and 

cotrayed under 

705.90 through 

705.13.0.

Flat-size. 

* * * * * 

Standard Mail 

* * * * * 

Cobundled and 

cotrayed under 

705.9.0 through 

705.13.0.

Flat-size. 

6.2.2 Line 1 (Destination Line) 

The destination line must meet these 

standards: 

[Revise the first two sentences of 

6.2.2a as follows:] 

a. Placement. The destination line 

must be the top line of the label, placed 

in the position shown in Exhibit 6.2.2a 

(above the barcode). An exception is 

that one line of extraneous information 

may appear above the destination line 

on tray labels as provided in 6.3.2, and 

6.3.2f. * * * 

[Renumber and re-title current Exhibit 

6.2.2a as follows:] 

Exhibit 6.2.2 Barcoded Tray Labels 

* * * * * 

[Revise 6.2.2b as follows:] 

b. Information. The destination line 

must contain only the information 

required by the applicable standards for 

the class, processing category, sortation 

level of the tray, approved alternate 

container or sack, and the prices 

claimed. This information is contained 

in the labeling lists for all sortation and 

price levels except trays, alternate 

containers or sacks to carrier route, 

5-digit carrier routes, merged 5-digit, 

and 5-digit destinations, and except for 

automation letter trays to 5-digit scheme 

destinations. For the destination line of 

carrier route, 5-digit carrier routes, 

merged 5-digit, and 5-digit trays, 

alternate containers or sacks, the city, 

two-letter state abbreviation, and 5-digit 

ZIP Code of the destination 5-digit ZIP 

Code area must be shown. For 5-digit 

scheme trays, the city, two-letter state 

abbreviation, and ZIP Code for the 

destination scheme must be obtained 

from the City State Product. The 

destination line may contain 

abbreviated city and state information if 

such abbreviations are those in the City 

State Product. 

[Delete current Exhibit 6.2.2b, 

Barcoded 1–Inch Sack Labels, in its 

entirety.] 

[Revise the second and fifth sentences 

of 6.2.2c as follows:] 

c. Overseas Military Mail. The exact 

content identifier number (CIN) that 

matches the level of tray or alternate 

container must be used in the barcode 

and barcode numeric line on barcoded 

tray labels. * * * A footnote at the end 

of the content line information means 

that the mailer must add appropriate 

information when ordering and printing 

tray labels. * * * 

6.2.3 Line 2 (Content Line) 

The content line must meet these 

standards: 

[Revise the third sentence of 6.2.3a as 

follows:] 

a. * * * This line must show the 

class, processing category, and the 

sortation level of the tray or alternate 

container as required by the applicable 

standards for the mailing. * * * 

* * * * * 

6.2.4 3-Digit Content Identifier 

Numbers 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

6.2.4 as follows:] 

The exact content identifier number 

(CIN) that matches the level of tray, 

approved alternate container or sack 

must be used in the barcode and 

barcode numeric line on barcoded tray 

labels. The required second line of 

information that corresponds to the CIN 

must appear on the human-readable 

content line of the label. The humanreadable content line is automatically 

printed when labels are obtained 

through the PASSPORT system or 

ordered on Form 1578–B for printing at 

the Label Printing Center in Topeka, 

Kansas. A footnote at the end of the 

content line information means that the 

mailer must add appropriate 

information when ordering and printing 

tray labels. Any mailer using 

PASSPORT to order labels must also 

add the appropriate additional 

information to the human-readable 

content line for those content lines 

marked with a footnote. See Exhibit 

6.2.4. 

Exhibit 6.2.4 3-Digit Content Identifier 

Numbers 

[Revise text of ‘‘Class and Mailing’’ 

and ‘‘Human Readable Content Line’’ for 

Express and Priority Mail of Exhibit 

6.2.4 as follows: 

Class and mailing CIN Human-readable 

content line 

Express Mail 

Open & Distribute, all container & sack levels ................................................................................................... 143 EXPRESS O&D. 

Priority Mail 

Open & Distribute, all container & sack levels ................................................................................................... 165 PRIORITY O&D. 

[Revise the ‘‘Class and Mailing’’ 

column only for Exhibit 6.2.4 for the 

following mail classes (CIN codes are 

shown for comparison):] 

Class and mailing CIN Human-readable 

content line 

First-Class Mail 

*******

FCM Parcels—Presorted: 

5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................... 289 * * * 

5-digit containers trays & sacks ................................................................................................................... 289 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 290 * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13762 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

Class and mailing CIN Human-readable 

content line 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 291 * * * 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 292 * * * 

Periodicals (PER) 

*******

PER Flats—Carrier Route: 

car. rt. containers or trays—saturation ......................................................................................................... 387 * * * 

car. rt. containers or trays—high density ..................................................................................................... 388 * * * 

car. rt. containers or trays—basic ................................................................................................................ 385 * * * 

5-digit carrier routes containers or trays ...................................................................................................... 386 * * * 

5-digit scheme car. rts. containers or trays .................................................................................................. 371 * * * 

3-digit carrier routes containers ................................................................................................................... 351 * * * 

PER Flats—Barcoded: 

5-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 372 * * * 

5-digit scheme containers or trays ............................................................................................................... 372 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 373 * * * 

SCF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 377 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 374 * * * 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 375 * * * 

origin mixed ADC containers or trays .......................................................................................................... 381 * * * 

PER Flats—Nonbarcoded: 

5-digit scheme containers or trays ............................................................................................................... 378 * * * 

5-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 378 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 379 * * * 

SCF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 384 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 380 * * * 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 382 * * * 

origin mixed ADC containers or trays .......................................................................................................... 381 * * * 

[Revise the section title as follows:] 

PER Flats—Cotrayed Barcoded and Nonbarcoded: 

5-digit scheme containers or trays ............................................................................................................... 321 * * * 

5-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 321 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 322 * * * 

SCF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 329 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 331 * * * 

Mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 332 * * * 

origin mixed ADC containers or trays .......................................................................................................... 381 * * * 

PER Flats—Merged Carrier Route, Barcoded, and Nonbarcoded: 

merged 5-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................... 339 * * * 

merged 5-digit scheme containers or trays ................................................................................................. 349 * * * 

merged 3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................... 352 * * * 

PER Irregular Parcels—Merged Carrier Route and Presorted: 

merged 5-digit containers, trays & sacks ..................................................................................................... 340 * * * 

merged 3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................... 354 * * * 

merged 5-digit scheme containers or trays ................................................................................................. 365 * * * 

PER Irregular Parcels—Carrier Route: 

saturation containers, trays & sacks ............................................................................................................ 397 * * * 

high density containers, trays & sacks ........................................................................................................ 398 * * * 

basic containers, trays & sacks ................................................................................................................... 395 * * * 

5-digit carrier routes containers, trays & sacks ............................................................................................ 396 * * * 

5-digit scheme car. rts. containers or trays .................................................................................................. 399 * * * 

3-digit carriers routes containers or trays .................................................................................................... 355 * * * 

PER Irregular Parcels—Presorted: 

5-digit containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................................. 389 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 390 * * * 

SCF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 394 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 391 * * * 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 392 * * * 

origin mixed ADC containers or trays .......................................................................................................... 363 * * * 

* * * * * * * 

Periodicals (NEWS) 

*******

NEWS Flats—Carrier Route: 

car. rt. containers or trays—saturation ......................................................................................................... 487 * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13763 

Class and mailing CIN Human-readable 

content line 

car. rt. containers or trays—high density ..................................................................................................... 488 * * * 

car. rt. containers or trays—basic ................................................................................................................ 485 * * * 

5-digit carrier routes containers or trays ...................................................................................................... 486 * * * 

5-digit scheme car. rts. containers or trays .................................................................................................. 471 * * * 

3-digit carrier routes containers or trays ...................................................................................................... 451 * * * 

NEWS Flats—Barcoded: 

5-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 472 * * * 

5-digit scheme containers or trays ............................................................................................................... 472 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 473 * * * 

SCF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 477 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 474 * * * 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 475 * * * 

origin mixed ADC containers or trays .......................................................................................................... 481 * * * 

NEWS Flats—Nonbarcoded: 

5-digit scheme containers or trays ............................................................................................................... 478 * * * 

5-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 478 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 479 * * * 

SCF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 484 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 480 * * * 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 482 * * * 

origin mixed ADC containers or trays .......................................................................................................... 481 * * * 

[Revise the section title as follows:] 

NEWS Flats—Cotrayed Barcoded and Nonbarcoded: 

5-digit scheme containers or trays ............................................................................................................... 421 * * * 

5-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 421 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 422 * * * 

SCF and origin/entry containers or trays ..................................................................................................... 429 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 431 * * * 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 432 * * * 

origin mixed ADC containers or trays .......................................................................................................... 481 * * * 

NEWS Flats—Merged Carrier Route, Barcoded, and Nonbarcoded: 

merged 5-digit .............................................................................................................................................. 439 * * * 

merged 5-digit scheme ................................................................................................................................. 449 * * * 

merged 3-digit sacks .................................................................................................................................... 452 * * * 

NEWS Irregular Parcels—Merged Carrier Route and Presorted: 

merged 5-digit .............................................................................................................................................. 440 * * * 

merged 5-digit scheme ................................................................................................................................. 465 * * * 

merged 3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................... 454 * * * 

NEWS Irregular Parcels—Carrier Route: 

saturation containers or trays ....................................................................................................................... 497 * * * 

high density containers or trays ................................................................................................................... 498 * * * 

basic containers or trays .............................................................................................................................. 495 * * * 

5-digit carrier routes containers or trays ...................................................................................................... 496 * * * 

5-digit scheme carrier routes containers or trays ........................................................................................ 499 * * * 

3-digit carrier routes containers or trays ...................................................................................................... 455 * * * 

NEWS Irregular Parcels—Presorted: 

5-digit containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................................. 489 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 490 * * * 

SCF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 494 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 491 * * * 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 492 * * * 

origin mixed ADC containers or trays .......................................................................................................... 463 * * * 

Standard Mail 

*******

Enhanced Carrier Route Flats—Nonautomation: 

saturation containers or trays ....................................................................................................................... 587 * * * 

high density containers or trays ................................................................................................................... 588 * * * 

basic containers or trays .............................................................................................................................. 589 * * * 

5-digit carrier routes containers or trays ...................................................................................................... 586 * * * 

5-digit scheme carrier routes containers or trays ........................................................................................ 529 * * * 

[Revise the section title as follows:] 

STD Flats—Cotrayed Automation and Nonautomation: 

5-digit scheme containers or trays ............................................................................................................... 521 * * * 

5-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 521 * * * 

3-digit and origin/entry 3-digit containers or trays ........................................................................................ 522 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 531 * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13764 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

Class and mailing CIN Human-readable 

content line 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 532 * * * 

* * * * * * * 

STD Flats—Automation: 

5-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 572 * * * 

5-digit scheme containers or trays ............................................................................................................... 572 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 573 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 574 * * * 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 575 * * * 

STD Flats—Nonautomation: 

5-digit scheme containers or trays ............................................................................................................... 578 * * * 

5-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 578 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 579 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 580 * * * 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 582 * * * 

Customized MarketMail (CMM): 

CMM letter trays ........................................................................................................................................... 206 * * * 

CMM flat trays .............................................................................................................................................. 207 * * * 

CMM alternate containers ............................................................................................................................ 205 * * * 

[Delete sections describing STD Not Flat-Machinable Pieces, under 6 ounces and over 6 ounces in their 

entirety. Resume with ECR Irregular Parcels—Nonautomation as follows:] 

ECR Irregular Parcels—Nonautomation: 

saturation containers, trays & sacks ............................................................................................................ 599 * * * 

high density containers, trays & sacks ........................................................................................................ 600 * * * 

basic containers, trays & sacks ................................................................................................................... 601 * * * 

5-digit carrier routes containers, trays & sacks ............................................................................................ 598 * * * 

STD Irregular Parcels—Presorted: 

5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................... 590 * * * 

5-digit containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................................. 596 * * * 

SCF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 571 * * * 

ASF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 570 * * * 

mixed NDC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 594 * * * 

STD Machinable Parcels—Presorted: 

5-digit containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................................. 670 * * * 

5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................... 670 * * * 

ASF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 672 * * * 

NDC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 673 * * * 

Mixed NDC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 674 * * * 

STD Machinable and Irregular Parcels—Presorted: 

5-digit containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................................. 603 * * * 

5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................... 603 * * * 

Package Services 

Carrier Route BPM—Flats: 

carrier route containers or trays ................................................................................................................... 657 * * * 

5-digit scheme carrier routes containers or trays ........................................................................................ 659 * * * 

5-digit carrier routes containers or trays ...................................................................................................... 658 * * * 

Presorted BPM—Flats: 

5-digit scheme containers or trays ............................................................................................................... 649 * * * 

5-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 649 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 650 * * * 

SCF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 654 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 651 * * * 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 653 * * * 

Presorted BPM—Automation Flats: 

5-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 635 * * * 

5-digit scheme containers or trays ............................................................................................................... 635 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 636 * * * 

SCF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 637 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 638 * * * 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 639 * * * 

[Revise section title as follows:]: 

BPM Flats—Cotrayed Barcoded and Presorted: 

5-digit scheme containers or trays ............................................................................................................... 648 * * * 

5-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 648 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 661 * * * 

SCF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 667 * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13765 

Class and mailing CIN Human-readable 

content line 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 668 * * * 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 669 * * * 

Carrier Route BPM—Irregular Parcels: 

carrier route containers, trays & sacks ........................................................................................................ 697 * * * 

5-digit carrier routes containers, trays & sacks ............................................................................................ 698 * * * 

5-digit scheme carrier routes containers, trays & sacks .............................................................................. 698 * * * 

Presorted BPM—Irregular Parcels: 

5-digit containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................................. 690 * * * 

5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................... 690 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 691 * * * 

SCF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 696 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 692 * * * 

Mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 694 * * * 

Carrier Route BPM—Machinable Parcels: 

carrier route containers, trays & sacks ........................................................................................................ 687 * * * 

Presorted BPM—Machinable Parcels: 

5-digit containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................................. 680 * * * 

5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................... 680 * * * 

ASF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 682 * * * 

NDC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 683 * * * 

mixed NDC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 684 * * * 

Media Mail and Library Mail Flats—Presorted: 

5-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 649 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 650 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 651 * * * 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 653 * * * 

Media Mail and Library Mail Irregular Parcels—Presorted: 

5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................... 690 * * * 

5-digit containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................................. 690 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 691 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 692 * * * 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 694 * * * 

Media Mail and Library Mail Machinable Parcels—Presorted: 

5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................... 680 * * * 

5-digit containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................................. 680 * * * 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 682 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 683 * * * 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 684 * * * 

Parcel Select Machinable Parcels: 

5-digit containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................................. 680 * * * 

5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................... 680 * * * 

ASF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 682 * * * 

NDC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 683 * * * 

mixed NDC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 684 * * * 

Parcel Select DSCF and DDU Prices: 

5-digit containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................................. 688 * * * 

5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................... 688 * * * 

Parcel Select—Irregular (Nonmachinable) Parcels: 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 691 * * * 

Combined Package Services, Parcel Select, and Standard Machinable Parcels: 

5-digit containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................................. 688 * * * 

5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................... 688 * * * 

Combined Package Services, Parcel Select, and Standard Machinable Parcels: 

5-digit containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................................. 660 * * * 

5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................... 660 * * * 

ASF containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 662 * * * 

NDC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 663 * * * 

mixed NDC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 664 * * * 

Combined Package Services, Parcel Select, and Standard—All Parcels and Not Flat-Machinable 

pieces: 

5-digit containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................................. 603 * * * 

5-digit scheme containers, trays & sacks .................................................................................................... 603 * * * 

[Revise section title as follows:] 

Combined Package Services, Parcel, and Standard—Irregular Parcels 2 up to 6 oz (APPS-machinable): 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 501 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 502 * * * 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13766 Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 

Class and mailing CIN Human-readable 

content line 

mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 506 * * * 

[Revise section title as follows:] 

Combined PSVC & STD—Irregular Parcels less than 2 oz, and tubes and rolls (not APPS-machinable): 

3-digit containers or trays ............................................................................................................................. 591 * * * 

ADC containers or trays ............................................................................................................................... 592 * * * 

Mixed ADC containers or trays .................................................................................................................... 594 * * * 

[Revise Exhibit 6.2.4 footnote #1 as 

follows:] 

1. This information must be followed 

by a one-letter carrier route type 

description, followed by a 3-digit route 

number for the route to which the 

container, tray or sack is destined. At 

the mailer’s option, one space is 

permitted between the type description 

and route number. 

* * * * * 

6.2.5 Line 3 (Origin Line) 

[Revise the first sentence of 6.2.5 as 

follows:] 

The origin line must appear below the 

content line in a location appropriate for 

a tray, approved alternative container, 

or sack as shown in Exhibit 6.2.2a. 

* * * 

* * * * * 

[Revise title of 6.3 as follows:] 

6.3 Additional Standards—Barcoded 

Tray Labels 

6.3.1 Paper Stock, Size, and Color 

[Revise the introductory sentence of 

6.3.1 as follows:] 

Barcoded tray labels must meet these 

specifications: 

* * * * * 

6.3.3 Barcode 

The label barcode must meet these 

specifications: 

* * * * * 

b. Information. The barcode must 

represent three numeric elements: 

* * * * * 

[Revise the first sentence of item b3 

and delete the second sentence in its 

entirety to remove reference to optional 

placement of processing codes on sack 

labels as follows:] 

3. A 2-digit USPS processing code on 

all tray labels. * * * 

* * * * * 

[Delete items 6.4 through 6.4.3 in their 

entirety to remove reference to use of 1- 

inch sack labels and renumber current 

6.5 and 6.6 as new 6.4 and 6.5 as 

follows] 

6.4 Intelligent Mail Tray Labels 

6.4.1 Definition 

[Revise the first three sentences of 

6.4.1 as follows:] 

Intelligent Mail tray labels are 2-inch 

labels used on trays and approved 

alternate containers to provide unique 

identification within postal processing. 

24-digit Intelligent Mail tray labels 

include only a 24 digit barcode printed 

in International Symbology 

Specification (ISS) Code 128 subset C 

symbology (see Exhibit 6.4.3). To 

facilitate the transition from 10-digit 

tray labels to 24-digit barcoded 

Intelligent Mail tray labels, an optional 

transitional label is also available. * * * 

* * * * * 

6.4.2 Transitional Intelligent Mail 

Tray Label Format 

The general format for Intelligent Mail 

tray labels are as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 6.4.2b as follows:] 

b. Tray or alternate container presort 

destination (postal destination name). 

* * * * * 

6.4.3 24-Digit Intelligent Mail Tray 

Label 

[Revise the first sentence of 6.4.3 as 

follows:] 

Intelligent Mail tray labels, printed in 

the 24-digit format, can be used on all 

trays and approved alternative 

containers to uniquely identify each tray 

or alternate container in addition to 

each mailer or mail preparer. * * * 

* * * * * 

6.4.4 Intelligent Mail Tray Label 

Format 

The core data elements for the 

Intelligent Mail tray label are as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise 6.4.4b as follows:] 

b. Tray or alternate container presort 

destination (postal destination name). 

* * * * * 

6.4.6 Unique Serial Number 

[Revise 6.4.6 as follows:] 

The Intelligent Mail tray barcode can 

encode a unique identifier for each tray 

or alternate container. 

* * * * * 

Indexes and Appendices 

* * * * * 

Labeling Lists 

L000 General Use 

L001 5-Digit Scheme—Periodicals, 

Standard Mail, and Package Services 

Flats and Irregular Parcels 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

L001 as follows:] 

L001 describes the 5-digit scheme sort 

list for pallets, flat trays or approved 

alternate containers of Periodicals, 

Standard Mail, and Package Services 

flats and irregular parcels destined for 

multiple 5-digit ZIP Codes served by a 

single delivery unit. When the 5-digit 

scheme sort is used, mail for the 5-digit 

ZIP Codes shown in Column A must be 

combined on pallets or in trays (or 

alternate containers) as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise item c of L001 as follows:] 

c. Merged 5-digit scheme or 5-digit 

scheme carrier routes trays or alternate 

containers labeled to the corresponding 

destination shown in Column B. 

* * * * * 

L002 3-Digit ZIP Code Prefix Matrix 

L002 lists every 3-digit Zip Code 

prefix for mail destined to 3-digit, 3- 

digit scheme, and sectional center 

facility (SCF) destinations as follows: 

* * * * * 

[Revise items a through c of L002 as 

follows:] 

a. 3-Digit ZIP Code Prefix: Use this 

column to find a 3-digit ZIP Code prefix. 

Those prefixes indicated by an N have 

been designated as 3-digit ZIP Codes for 

which the preparation of a 3-digit flat 

tray or approved alternate container is 

optional, and for which the preparation 

of the optional 3-digit pallet is 

prohibited. 

b. Column A, 3-Digit Destinations: 

Use this information for Line 1 on 3- 

digit pallet or container placards 

(subject to the standards for the rate 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / Proposed Rules 13767 

claimed). Unique 3-digit cities are 

indicated by a U. 

c. Column B, 3-Digit/Scheme 

Destinations: Use this information for 

Line 1 on 3-digit or 3-digit scheme 

pallet or container placards (subject to 

the standards for the price claimed). 

Line 2 of pallet or container placards for 

destinations indicated by an S must 

include either ‘‘SCHEME’’ or the specific 

information shown (3-digit groups by 

scheme group, where applicable, are 

shown in L003). 

* * * * * 

L009 Mixed ADCs—Periodicals, 

Package Services Flats and Irregular 

Parcels and Standard Mail Flats 

[Revise the introductory sentence of 

L009 as follows:] 

Mailers must use L009 to label mixed 

ADC bundles, flat trays or approved 

alternate containers of Periodicals, 

Standard Mail, Bound Printed Matter, 

Media Mail, and Library Mail flats. 

Mailers also must use L009 to label 

mixed ADC bundles, trays or alternate 

containers of Periodicals irregular 

parcels and Bound Printer Matter 

irregular parcels. 

* * * * * 

L010 NDC/ASF Entry—Standard Mail 

Letters and Package Services Irregular 

Parcels 

[Revise the last sentence of the first 

paragraph in the preamble and the 

entire second paragraph as follows:] 

* * * L010 indicates the label 

destination (Column B) for mixed flat 

trays or approved alternate containers of 

Package Services irregular parcels 

placed on ASF or NDC pallets. 

Use L009 when labeling mixed ADC 

bundles, trays or alternate containers of 

automation price Periodicals and 

Standard Mail flats and barcoded Bound 

Printed Matter flats. 

* * * * * 

L011 Non-NDC/ASF Entry— 

Periodicals and Standard Mail Letters 

* * * * * 

[Revise the second paragraph of the 

preamble of L011 as follows:] 

Use L009 when labeling mixed ADC 

bundles, flat trays or approved alternate 

containers and sacks of automation 

price Periodicals and Standard Mail 

flats and barcoded Bound Printed 

Matter flats. 

* * * * * 

L200 Periodicals and First-Class Mail 

L201 Periodicals Origin Split and 

First-Class Mail Mixed ADC/AADC 

[Revise the introductory paragraph of 

L201as follows:] 

L201 describes the First-Class Mail 

surface transportation reach of an origin 

facility for use in preparing bundles, flat 

trays or approved alternate containers of 

Periodicals mail (including Periodicals 

labeled ‘‘news’’) and in preparation of 

First-Class Mail mixed pallets or similar 

containers. 

For Periodicals addressed to 

destinations within the First-Class Mail 

surface reach of the origin facility, 

mailers must use L201 to prepare mixed 

origin ADC bundles, trays or alternate 

containers to enable integration of this 

volume into the First-Class Mail 

mailstream. Label bundles, trays or 

alternate containers of mail originating 

in the 3-digit entry ZIP Code in Column 

A for delivery to 3-digit ZIP Code 

destinations listed in Column B using 

the corresponding city, state, and ZIP 

Code information in Column C. Use 

L009 for the preparation of mixed ADC 

bundles, trays or alternate containers for 

any remaining pieces addressed to 3- 

digit ZIP Code destinations not listed in 

Column B. 

For First-Class Mail letters, flats, and 

parcels originating in the 3-digit entry 

ZIP Code in Column A, label trays or 

alternate containers to the 

corresponding destination in Column C. 

Use ‘‘MXD’’ instead of ‘‘OMX.’’ Ignore 

Column B. 

* * * * * 

L600 Standard Mail and Package 

Services 

L601 Network Distribution Centers 

(NDCs) 

L601 describes the service area by 

individual 3-digit ZIP Code prefix for 

sorting mail to NDC destinations. Use 

this list for: 

* * * * * 

[Revise item b of the introductory 

paragraph of L601 as follows:] 

b. Standard Mail bundles, letter trays, 

flat trays or approved alternate 

containers on pallets. 

* * * * * 

[Revise item d of the introductory 

paragraph of L601 as follows:] 

d. Bound Printed Matter bundles, flat 

trays or alternate containers on pallets. 

* * * * * 

[Revise item f of the introductory 

paragraph of L601 as follows:] 

f. Presorted Media Mail and Presorted 

Library Mail to NDC destinations. For 

labeling mixed NDC flat trays, alternate 

containers and pallets, mailers must add 

‘‘MXD’’ before the Column B information 

of the NDC serving the 3-digit ZIP Code 

prefix of the Post Office at which the 

mail is entered. 

* * * * * 

L602 ASFs 

L602 describes the service area by 

individual 3-digit ZIP Code prefix for 

Standard Mail and Package Services 

mail that must be sorted to ASFs. Use 

this list for: 

* * * * * 

[Revise item b of the introductory 

paragraph of L602 as follows:] 

b. Standard Mail bundles, letter trays, 

flat trays or approved alternate 

containers on pallets. 

* * * * * 

[Revise item d of the introductory 

paragraph of L602 as follows:] 

d. Bound Printed Matter bundles, flat 

trays or alternate containers on pallets. 

* * * * * 

L606 5-Digit Scheme—Standard Mail, 

First-Class Mail, and Package Services 

Parcels 

* * * * * 

[Revise the last sentence of the second 

paragraph in the preamble of L606 as 

follows:] 

* * * When used, all parcels for the 

5-digit ZIP Codes shown in Column A 

must be combined in a 5-digit scheme 

sack(s), flat tray(s), approved alternate 

container(s), or on a 5-digit scheme 

pallet(s) labeled to the corresponding 

destination shown in Column B. 

* * * * * 

We will publish an appropriate 

amendment to 39 CFR part 111 to reflect 

these changes if our proposal is 

adopted. 

Stanley F. Mires, 

Chief Counsel, Legislative. 

[FR Doc. 2011–5273 Filed 3–11–11; 8:45 am] 

BILLING CODE 7710–12–P 


emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2